Volkswagen ID.3 Owners & Service Manuals
english english english english

Toyota Prius: Electronically Controlled Brake System

Precaution

PRECAUTION

PRECAUTION FOR DISCONNECTING CABLE FROM NEGATIVE AUXILIARY BATTERY TERMINAL

NOTICE:

After the ignition switch is turned off, there may be a waiting time before disconnecting the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal.

Click here

HINT:

When disconnecting and reconnecting the auxiliary battery, there is an automatic learning function that completes learning when the respective system is used.

Click here

TROUBLESHOOTING PRECAUTIONS

(a) When there is a malfunction with terminal contact points or part installation problems, removal and installation of the suspected problem parts may return the system to the normal condition either completely or temporarily.

(b) Before disconnecting a connector or removing and installing a component in order to narrow down the malfunctioning part, make sure to perform the following procedure.

  • Check for and record any DTCs and Freeze Frame Data that were stored around the time that the malfunction occurred.
  • If any open circuit DTCs related to intermittent (momentary interruptions) malfunctions are output, check the intermittent monitor.

    Click here

NOTICE:

When disconnecting a connector or removing a fuse or relay, make sure that the ignition switch is off, the brake pedal is not depressed, and the driver door has been closed for 4 minutes or more*.

*: Differs according to Toyota Prius vehicle conditions

(c) Since the system may be influenced by malfunctions in systems other than the brake control system, be sure to check for DTCs in other systems.

HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

(a) Do not remove or install electronically controlled brake system parts such as the steering angle sensor, yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) or brake pedal stroke sensor assembly except when required, as they need to be adjusted correctly after removal and installation.

(b) Be sure to perform preparation before work and confirmation after work is completed by following the directions in the repair manual when working on the electronically controlled brake system.

(c) When removing/installing or replacing an electronically controlled brake system related component, disconnect the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal before performing the procedure.

NOTICE:

After turning the ignition switch off, waiting time may be required before disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal. Therefore, make sure to read the disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal notice before proceeding with work.

Click here

(d) This system is equipped with 2 skid control ECUs; the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly). For this reason, it is necessary to follow the specified procedure when reading DTCs, Freeze Frame Data, the Data List, etc.

The respective menus for each ECU are as follows:
  • No. 1 skid control ECU: Chassis / Brake Booster
  • No. 2 skid control ECU: Chassis / Brake/EPB*

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

(e) If the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly), No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) or a sensor has been removed and installed, it is necessary to check the system for problems after the parts have been reassembled. Check for DTCs using the GTS. Also check that the system functions and signals received by the ECU are normal using Dealer Mode (Signal Check).

HINT:

If a Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection is not performed, a sensor not calibrated malfunction DTC may be stored even if the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly), No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) and all sensors are normal.

(f) If the brake pedal is depressed before the brake control system is prepared to operate, the pedal stroke may seem unusually long or short. This is due to the fact the stroke simulator cut solenoid has not yet operated and is not a malfunction.

After the ignition switch is turned to ON or the brake pedal is depressed twice or more, the stroke simulator will operate and the brake pedal stroke will remain consistent.

DTC PRECAUTION

(a) Warnings for some DTCs cannot be cleared by only repairing the malfunctioning parts. If the warning is displayed even after repair work, the DTC should be cleared after turning the ignition switch off.

NOTICE:

If a DTC for a malfunctioning part reappears after it is cleared, then it has been stored again.

PRECAUTIONS FOR REMOVAL, INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS

(a) After replacing certain components, it may be necessary to update the ECU security key.

Click here

(b) Perform "Calibration" after removal, installation or replacement of any of the following components:

Click here

  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly (including when performing an adjustment)
  • Brake pedal
  • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

(c) Perform Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection after removal, installation or replacement of any of the following components:

Click here

  • Speed sensor
  • Speed sensor rotor

CHASSIS DYNAMOMETER PRECAUTION

(a) Enter Inspection Mode to disable TRAC and VSC operation when using a chassis dynamometer.

Refer to Inspection Mode Procedure: Click here

CAUTION:

  • Do not use the drum tester with any of the lock chains disconnected.
  • Using the drum tester with a lock chain disconnected could cause the Toyota Prius vehicle to begin moving unexpectedly.
  • Do not use the drum tester while the TRAC or VSC is able to operate.
  • TRAC or VSC operation could cause the vehicle to begin moving unexpectedly.

CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

(a) The CAN communication system is used for communication between the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly), No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), steering angle sensor, yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) and other ECUs. If there is a malfunction in a CAN communication line, corresponding DTCs for the communication line are output.

(b) If any CAN communication DTCs are output, repair the malfunction, then troubleshoot the electronically controlled brake system while communication is normal.

(c) In order to enable CAN communication, a specific type of wiring is used for the CAN communication lines. The wiring used for each communication line is a twisted pair of wires that have an equal length. A bypass wire should not be used, because the data being transmitted will be corrupted.

Definition Of Terms

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Term

Definition

Monitor Description

Description of what the skid control ECU monitors and how it detects malfunctions (monitoring purpose and details).

Related DTCs

Group of diagnostic trouble codes that are output by the skid control ECU based on the same malfunction detection logic.

Typical Enabling Conditions

Preconditions that allow the skid control ECU to detect malfunctions.

With all preconditions satisfied, the skid control ECU stores a DTC when the monitored value(s) exceeds the malfunction threshold(s).

Sequence of Operation

The priority order that is applied to monitoring if multiple sensors and components are used to detect the malfunction.

While one sensor is being monitored, the next sensor or component will not be monitored.

Required Sensors/Components

The sensors and components that are used by the skid control ECU to detect malfunctions.

Frequency of Operation

The number of times that the skid control ECU checks for malfunctions per driving cycle.

"Continuous" means that the skid control ECU checks for malfunctions every time the enabling conditions are met.

"During initial checking" means that the skid control ECU checks for malfunctions for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ON (while the initial check being performed).

"After ignition switch off" means that after the ignition switch is turned off, the system check which is performed using residual power checks for malfunctions that are difficult to detect during normal operation, within a certain amount of time.

Duration

The minimum time for which the skid control ECU must detect a continuous deviation in the monitored value(s) in order to store a DTC. Timing begins after the "typical enabling conditions" are met.

Typical Malfunction Thresholds

Value beyond which the skid control ECU will determine that there is a malfunction and stores a DTC.

MIL Operation

MIL illumination timing after a malfunction is detected.

"Immediate" means that the skid control ECU illuminates the MIL the instant the skid control ECU determines that there is a malfunction.

Component Operating Range

Normal operation range of sensors and solenoids under normal driving conditions.

Use these ranges as a reference.

They cannot be used to judge if a sensor or solenoid is defective or not.

Parts Location

PARTS LOCATION

ILLUSTRATION

*A

for 2WD

*B

for AWD

*1

FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

*2

FRONT AXLE HUB SUB-ASSEMBLY RH

- FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

*3

FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

*4

FRONT AXLE HUB SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

- FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

*5

NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

- SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE RH

*6

REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

- REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

- REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

*7

NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

- SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE LH

*8

REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

- REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

- REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

*9

REAR SPEED SENSOR RH (REAR SKID CONTROL SENSOR RH)

*10

REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

- REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

*11

REAR SPEED SENSOR LH (REAR SKID CONTROL SENSOR LH)

*12

REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

- REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

ILLUSTRATION

*1

BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

- NO. 2 SKID CONTROL ECU

*2

FRONT DOOR LOCK WITH MOTOR ASSEMBLY (for Driver Side)

*3

INVERTER WITH CONVERTER ASSEMBLY

*4

BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

- NO. 1 SKID CONTROL ECU

- BRAKE ACTUATOR

- BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

*5

NO. 1 ENGINE ROOM RELAY BLOCK AND NO. 1 JUNCTION BLOCK ASSEMBLY

- ABS MAIN FUSE

- ABS MTR NO. 1 FUSE

- ABS NO. 1 FUSE

- ABS NO. 2 FUSE

- ECU-IGP NO. 3 FUSE

- 2ND BATT FUSE

*6

ECM

ILLUSTRATION

*1

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

- VSC OFF SWITCH

- BRAKE HOLD SWITCH

*2

STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

- STOP LIGHT CONTROL RELAY

*3

POWER STEERING ECU ASSEMBLY

*4

DLC3

*5

BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

*6

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

*7

AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

- YAW RATE SENSOR

- ACCELERATION SENSOR

*8

HYBRID Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL ECU

*9

MAIN BODY ECU (MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU)

*10

POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ASSEMBLY

- ECU-IGR NO. 2 FUSE

- ECU-IGR NO. 3 FUSE

- A/BAG-IGR FUSE

- ECU-DCC NO. 1 FUSE

- STOP FUSE

*11

COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY

- ABS WARNING LIGHT

- BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT (RED INDICATOR)

- BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT (YELLOW INDICATOR)

- SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT

- VSC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT

- BRAKE HOLD STANDBY INDICATOR LIGHT

- BRAKE HOLD OPERATED INDICATOR LIGHT

- MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY (TRACTION CONTROL TURNED OFF)

- METER BUZZER

*12

TRANSMISSION FLOOR SHIFT ASSEMBLY

- SHIFT CONTROL ECU

*13

INTEGRATION CONTROL SUPPLY

*14

CERTIFICATION ECU (SMART KEY ECU ASSEMBLY)

System Diagram

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

HINT:

*: Use the GTS.

PROCEDURE

1.

VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP

NEXT

2.

CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS

(a) Interview the customer and confirm the problem.

Click here

NEXT

3.

CHECK DTC, FREEZE FRAME DATA AND Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)*

(a) Check and record DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.

for DTC Check / Clear: Click here

for Freeze Frame Data: Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

(b) Clear the DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.

for DTC Check / Clear: Click here

for Freeze Frame Data: Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

(c) Reconfirm the DTCs.

(1) Reconfirm the DTCs based on the recorded DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.

for DTC Check / Clear: Click here

for Freeze Frame Data: Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • When CAN communication system DTCs are output, repair the CAN communication system first.

    for HEV Model: Click here

    for PHEV Model: Click here

  • If DTCs related to momentary interruptions are output, perform troubleshooting for those DTCs first.

    Click here

  • If the GTS cannot communicate with the skid control ECU, inspect the CAN communication system.

    for HEV Model: Click here

    for PHEV Model: Click here

  • If there is no response from the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) or No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), inspect the supply power circuit.

    Click here

(d) Check the Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output. (Problem symptom occurs.)

A

DTCs are output.

B

DTCs are not output. (Problem symptom does not occur.)

C

DTCs are not output. (Toyota Prius Vehicle control history (RoB) is stored.)

D

A

CONFIRM PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS*

C

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

D

PERFORM TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR REGARDING Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)*

NOTICE:

After performing troubleshooting and repair regarding vehicle control history (RoB), clear the vehicle control history (RoB).

Problem Symptoms Table

PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE

If there are no DTCs but the problem still occurs, check the suspected areas for each problem symptom in the order given in the table below and proceed to the relevant troubleshooting page.

HINT:

  • Use the table below to help determine the cause of problem symptoms. If multiple suspected areas are listed, the potential causes of the symptoms are listed in order of probability in the "Suspected Area" column of the table. Check each symptom by checking the suspected areas in the order they are listed. Replace parts as necessary.
  • Inspect the fuses and relays related to this system before inspecting the suspected areas below.
Electronically Controlled Brake System

Symptom

Suspected Area

Link

ABS warning light abnormal (Remains on)

Refer to Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Refer to Meter / Gauge system

Brake system warning light (red indicator) abnormal (Remains on)

Refer to Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Refer to Meter / Gauge system

Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) abnormal (Remains on)

Refer to Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Refer to Meter / Gauge system

Brake hold standby indicator light abnormal

Refer to the procedure for "Brake Hold Standby Indicator Light Circuit"

Brake hold operated indicator light abnormal

Refer to Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Refer to the procedure for "Brake Hold Operated Indicator Light Circuit"

Slip indicator light abnormal

Refer to Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Refer to Meter / Gauge system

TRAC does not operate

Refer to the procedure for "TRAC does not Operate"

Excessive brake pedal travel (No fluid leaks and no air in system)

Refer to the procedure for "Excessive Brake Pedal Travel (No Fluid Leaks and No Air in System)"

ABS does not operate

Refer to the procedure for "ABS does not Operate"

ABS operates before necessary when braking

Refer to the procedure for "ABS Operates Before Necessary When Braking"

VSC does not operate or VSC does not operate correctly

Refer to the procedure for "VSC does not Operate or VSC does not Operate Correctly"

Abnormal brake pedal response on first depression

Refer to the procedure for "Abnormal Brake Pedal Response on First Depression"

VSC OFF switch abnormal

Refer to the procedure for "VSC OFF Switch Circuit"

Meter buzzer abnormal

Refer to Meter / Gauge system

Terminals Of Ecu

TERMINALS OF ECU

CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

(a) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector and measure the voltage or resistance on the wire harness side.

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to No. 1 Skid Control ECU (Brake Booster with Master Cylinder Assembly))

-

-

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

HINT:

The voltage cannot be measured with the connector connected to the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) as the connector is watertight.

Standard

Terminal No. (Symbol)

Terminal Description

Condition

Specified Condition

*1: Differs depending on the Toyota Prius vehicle model

*2: Refer to Sub Battery System

Click here

A3-1 (BM) - Body ground

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) power supply input

Always

11 to 14 V

A3-2 (CBKP)

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) backup power supply input

*2

*2

A3-3 (CSW2)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) operation signal output

-

-

A3-4 (CA2H)

CAN communication line 2 (H)

-

-

A3-5

-

-

-

A3-6

-

-

-

A3-7

-

-

-

A3-8

-

-

-

A3-9

-

-

-

A3-10

-

-

-

A3-11 (BS) - Body ground

Solenoid power supply input

Always

11 to 14 V

A3-12

-

-

-

A3-13 (CA2L)

CAN communication line 2 (L)

-

-

A3-14

-

-

-

A3-15

-

-

-

A3-16

-

-

-

A3-17

-

-

-

A3-18

-

-

-

A3-19

-

-

-

A3-20

-

-

-

A3-21 (GND2) - Body ground

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

A3-22 (CTY) - Body ground

Front door lock with motor assembly input (for driver side)

Driver door closed → open

11 to 14 V or pulse output (maximum 14 V)*1 → Below 1 V

A3-23 (LBL)

Brake fluid level warning switch input

-

-

A3-24 (CWKP) - Body ground

Integration control supply operation signal output

*2

*2

A3-25

-

-

-

A3-26

-

-

-

A3-27 (SKG1)

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1 ground

-

-

A3-28 (VSK1)

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1 power supply output

-

-

A3-29 (SKS1)

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1 signal input

-

-

A3-30 (IGR) - Body ground

IGR power source input

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

A3-31 (STP) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly input

Stop light switch assembly on → off (Brake pedal depressed → released)

11 to 14 V → Below 1.5 V

A3-32

-

-

-

A3-33

-

-

-

A3-34 (DC1H)

Daisy chain communication line (H)

-

-

A3-35 (DC1L)

Daisy chain communication line (L)

-

-

A3-36 (CA1H)

CAN communication line 1 (H)

-

-

A3-37 (CA1L)

CAN communication line 1 (L)

-

-

A3-38

-

-

-

A3-39

-

-

-

A3-40

-

-

-

A3-41

-

-

-

A3-42

-

-

-

CHECK BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

(a) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector and measure the voltage or resistance on the wire harness side.

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to No. 2 Skid Control ECU (brake actuator assembly))

-

-

HINT:

The voltage cannot be measured with the connector connected to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) as the connector is watertight.

Standard

Terminal No. (Symbol)

Terminal Description

Condition

Specified Condition

A4-1 (GND1) - Body ground

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

A4-2

-

-

-

A4-3

-

-

-

A4-4 (RL-)

Rear speed sensor LH (-) signal input

-

-

A4-5 (RL )

Rear speed sensor LH ( ) power supply output

-

-

A4-6 (FR-)

Front speed sensor RH (-) signal input

-

-

A4-7 (FR )

Front speed sensor RH ( ) power supply output

-

-

A4-8

-

-

-

A4-9 (CSW) - Body ground

VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) input

VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is pushed → released

Below 1 Ω → 10 kΩ or higher

A4-10 (SKS2)

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2 signal input

-

-

A4-11 (STP) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly input

Stop light switch assembly on → off (Brake pedal depressed → released)

11 to 14 V → Below 1.5 V

A4-12

-

-

-

A4-13

-

-

-

A4-14 ( BS) - Body ground

ABS solenoid relay power supply input

Always

11 to 14 V

A4-15 (IG2) - Body ground

IG2 power source input

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

A4-16 (CA2H)

CAN communication line 2 (H)

-

-

A4-17 (CA2L)

CAN communication line 2 (L)

-

-

A4-18 (SP1)

Speed sensor signal output

-

-

A4-19 (RR-)

Rear speed sensor RH (-) signal input

-

-

A4-20 (RR )

Rear speed sensor RH ( ) power supply output

-

-

A4-21 (FL-)

Front speed sensor LH (-) signal input

-

-

A4-22 (FL )

Front speed sensor LH ( ) power supply output

-

-

A4-23

-

-

-

A4-24

-

-

-

A4-25 (VSK2)

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2 power supply output

-

-

A4-26 (SKG2)

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2 ground

-

-

A4-27 (CANH)

CAN communication line (H)

-

-

A4-28

-

-

-

A4-29 (CTY) - Body ground

No. 2 Skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) operation signal input

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

A4-30 (GND2) - Body ground

ABS motor ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

A4-31

-

-

-

A4-32 (STPO) - Body ground

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) output

Always

11 to 14 V

A4-33

-

-

-

A4-34

-

-

-

A4-35 (BH) - Body ground

Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) input

Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is pushed → released

Below 1 Ω → 10 kΩ or higher

A4-36

-

-

-

A4-37 (STP2) - Body ground

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) input

Stop light switch assembly on → off (Brake pedal depressed → released)

11 to 14 V → Below 1.5 V

A4-38

-

-

-

A4-39

-

-

-

A4-40

-

-

-

A4-41

-

-

-

A4-42

-

-

-

A4-43 (CANL)

CAN communication line (L)

-

-

A4-44

-

-

-

A4-45 (IG1) - Body ground

IG1 power source input

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

A4-46 (BM) - Body ground

ABS motor relay power supply input

Always

11 to 14 V

Diagnosis System

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM

OBD II

When troubleshooting OBD II (On-Board Diagnostics) vehicles, the vehicle must be connected to the scan tool (complying with SAE J1978). Various data in the vehicle's computer can then be read.

OBD II regulations require that the Toyota Prius vehicle's on-board computer store an SAE code and illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel when the computer detects a malfunction.

Dtc Check / Clear

DTC CHECK / CLEAR

HINT:

  • DTCs which are stored in the skid control ECU can be displayed on the GTS. The GTS can display the confirmed and permanent DTCs.
  • If a malfunction is detected during the current driving cycle, confirmed and permanent DTCs are stored.
  • Confirmed DTCs can be cleared by using the GTS. However, permanent DTCs cannot be cleared using the GTS.
  • After clearing confirmed DTCs using the GTS, permanent DTCs can be cleared when the system is determined to be normal for the relevant DTCs and then the universal trip is performed. The driving pattern to obtain a normal judgment is described under the "Confirmation Driving Pattern" for the respective DTC.

    To clear permanent DTCs, all of the following conditions must be are met:

    • There is a history that universal trip driving was performed.
    • The Toyota Prius vehicle has been judged as normal for 1 trip.
    • No malfunctions are detected.
Detection Logic Examples
*: Including 2 trip detection

Confirmed DTC*

Store condition

Malfunction detected

Clear condition

No malfunctions in 40 driving cycles

or

DTCs cleared using GTS

Permanent DTC*

Store condition

Malfunction detected

Clear condition

Ignition switch is turned to ON (READY) after normal judgment obtained in 3 consecutive driving cycles

or

After DTCs cleared using GTS, universal trip performed and normal judgment obtained for 1 trip

MIL

ON

Malfunction detected

OFF

Ignition switch is turned to ON (READY) after normal judgment obtained in 3 consecutive driving cycles

or

DTCs cleared using GTS

HINT:

  • Obtaining a normal judgment and performing a universal trip driving pattern can be done in the same driving cycle or in different driving cycles.
  • Ensure to wait at least 4 minutes between each trip.

CHECK DTC

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Trouble Codes.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Trouble Codes.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

(g) Check the DTC(s) and Freeze Frame Data, and then write them down.

NOTICE:

The electronically controlled brake system outputs DTCs for the following system. When DTCs other than those in Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart for the electronically controlled brake system are output, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart for the relevant system.

System

Proceed to

Electric Parking Brake System

GTS Display

Description

*: Including 2 trip detection

Test Failed

Shows the malfunction judgment results during the current trip.

Confirmed*

Shows the DTCs confirmed up to now. (The number of current trips differs for each DTC.)

(h) Check the details of the DTC(s).

CLEAR DTC (CONFIRMED DTC)

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Trouble Codes.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Trouble Codes.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

(g) Press the clear button.

OUTLINE
  • After clearing confirmed DTCs using the GTS, permanent DTCs can be cleared when the universal trip is performed and then the system is determined to be normal for the relevant DTCs. The driving pattern to obtain a normal judgment is described under the "Confirmation Driving Pattern" for the respective DTC.
  • To clear permanent DTCs, all of the following conditions must be are met:
    • There is a history that universal trip driving was performed.
    • The Toyota Prius vehicle has been judged as normal for 1trip.
    • No malfunctions are detected.

CLEAR PERMANENT DTC

NOTICE:

When performing the following procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Trouble Codes.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

If "PERMANENT" in the top right of the screen displays "YES", permanent DTCs are stored.

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Trouble Codes.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

If "PERMANENT" in the top right of the screen displays "YES", permanent DTCs are stored.

(g) Select the "Generic" tab.

(h) Check if permanent DTCs are stored.

HINT:

If permanent DTCs are not output, it is not necessary to continue this procedure.

(i) Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

NOTICE:

Do not clear the DTCs or disconnect the cable from the auxiliary battery terminal after performing this step.

(j) Turn the ignition switch off and wait for 4 minutes or more.

(k) Perform the universal trip.

HINT:

The driving pattern to obtain a normal judgment and the universal trip driving can be performed consecutively in the same driving cycle.

  1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and wait for 30 seconds or more.
  2. With the engine running, drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at 40 km/h (25 mph) or more for a total of 5 minutes or more.

    CAUTION:

    When performing a driving pattern, obey all speed limits and traffic laws.

    HINT:

    It is possible to complete the drive pattern even if the vehicle decelerates to less than 40 km/h (25 mph) during the driving cycle provided that the Toyota Prius vehicle is driven at 40 km/h (25 mph) or more for a total of 5 minutes.

  3. Allow 10 minutes or more to elapse from the time the ignition switch turned to ON (READY).

(l) Turn the ignition switch off and wait for 4 minutes or more.

(m) Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY).

(n) Perform the normal judgment procedure in the respective confirmation driving pattern of each output DTC.

HINT:

Do not turn the ignition switch off by mistake during this step.

(o) With the ignition switch ON (READY) wait for 5 seconds or more. (Except when the ignition switch is already turned to ON (READY) or the engine is running)

(p) Turn the ignition switch off and wait for 4 minutes or more.

(q) Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY).

(r) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Trouble Codes.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

(s) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Trouble Codes.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

(t) Check that the permanent DTCs have been cleared.

Freeze Frame Data

FREEZE FRAME DATA

FREEZE FRAME DATA

(a) Using the GTS, check the vehicle condition (ECU, sensor) when a DTC is output.

CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA WHEN DTC WAS STORED

(a) Freeze Frame Data is stored when a DTC is output.

(b) Once Freeze Frame Data is stored when a DTC is output, it is not updated or cleared until the DTC is cleared.

(c) Check the Freeze Frame Data when a DTC is output.

(1) Turn the ignition switch off.

(2) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(4) Turn the GTS on.

(5) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Trouble Codes.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

(6) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Trouble Codes.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

(7) Select a DTC to display the Freeze Frame Data.

(8) Check the Freeze Frame Data for the output DTC.

Chassis > Brake Booster

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Total Distance Traveled - Unit

Total distance traveled unit

km / mile

-

-

Total Distance Traveled

Total distance traveled

Min.: 0

Max.: 16777215

-

-

Solenoid Power Supply Voltage

Solenoid power supply voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Stop Light SW

Stop light switch assembly (STP terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake pedal released

ON: Brake pedal depressed

HINT:

The brake pedal state is determined using the voltage at terminal STP

Parking Brake SW

Parking brake status

OFF / ON

OFF: Parking brake released

ON: Parking brake applied

-

Buzzer

Meter buzzer

OFF / ON

OFF: Buzzer off

ON: Buzzer on

-

Dealer Mode

Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode) status

OFF / ON

OFF: Normal mode

ON: Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode)

HINT:

  • For details on Dealer Mode (Signal Check), refer to Signal Check*1
  • For details on Dealer Mode (Calibration), refer to Reset Memory / Calibration *2

Reservoir Warning SW

Brake fluid level warning switch

OFF / ON

OFF: Reservoir level normal

ON: Reservoir level low

-

ECB Solenoid (SGH)

Switching solenoid valve (SGH)

OFF / ON

OFF: Solenoid off

ON: Solenoid on

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

ECB Solenoid (SSA)

Switching solenoid valve (SSA)

OFF / ON

OFF: Solenoid off

ON: Solenoid on

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

IGP_PT2

IGP_PT2 status

OFF / ON

OFF: IGP_PT2 OFF

ON: IGP_PT2 ON

-

Stop Switch Open

Momentary interruption (open circuit) status in wire harness between No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and stop light switch assembly status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stroke Open

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1 open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Servo Pressure Sensor Open

Servo pressure sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Gap Hold Chamber Pressure Sensor Open

Gap pressure sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stroke Sensor

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 0.6 to 1.4 V

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Quantity of Brake Pedal Stroke

Brake pedal stroke amount

Min.: 0 mm

Max.: 255 mm

Brake pedal released: 0 mm

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Servo Pressure

Pressure value of servo

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

0.00 to 21.60 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Voltage of Stroke Sensor

Voltage of brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

-

-

Brake Pedal Stroke Change Speed

Brake pedal stroke rate of change

Min.: -2560 mm/s

Max.: 2540 mm/s

Brake pedal released or depressed and held: 0 mm/s

Brake pedal is being moved: Changes in proportion to the operation speed of the brake pedal

Target Oil Pressure

Wheel target hydraulic pressure

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 20.00 MPa

-

Changes according to the target wheel cylinder hydraulic pressure

VCSK Voltage Value

VCSK voltage value

Min.: 0.000 V

Max.: 5.500 V

4.800 to 5.200 V

-

SGH Solenoid Current

Switching solenoid valve (SGH) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 3.000 A

0.000 to 1.500 A

-

SSA Solenoid Current

Switching solenoid valve (SSA) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 3.000 A

0.000 to 1.500 A

-

The Number of Capacitor Operation

Displays the number of integration control supply operations

Min.: 0

Max.: 255

-

-

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

Pressure value of stroke simulator

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure Grade

Amount of change in stroke simulator oil pressure

Min.: -30 MPa/s

Max.: 225 MPa/s

-

-

Linear Solenoid Current (SLM1)

Linear solenoid valve (SLM1) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 1.500 A

Brake pedal released: 0 A

-

Linear Solenoid Current (SLM2)

Linear solenoid valve (SLM2) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 1.500 A

Brake pedal released: 0 A

-

IGR Voltage

IGR voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BS Voltage

BS voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BM Voltage

BM voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Zero point Calibrated Value of Phase U Current Monitor

Displays zero point calibrated value of phase U current monitor for brushless motor

Min.: -32.768 A

Max.: 32.767 A

-

-

Zero point Calibrated Value of Phase V Current Monitor

Displays zero point calibrated value of phase V current monitor for brushless motor

Min.: -32.768 A

Max.: 32.767 A

-

-

Zero point Calibrated Value of Phase W Current Monitor

Displays zero point calibrated value of phase W current monitor for brushless motor

Min.: -32.768 A

Max.: 32.767 A

-

-

Thermistor1 Temperature for Inverter Circuit

Temperature of thermistor1 in inverter circuit

Min.: -327.68°C (-558°F)

Max.: 327.67°C (622°F)

-

-

Thermistor2 Temperature for Inverter Circuit

Temperature of thermistor2 in inverter circuit

Min.: -327.68°C (-558°F)

Max.: 327.67°C (622°F)

-

-

Brushless Motor Inverter end Voltage

Inverter end voltage for brushless motor

Min.: 0.00 V

Max.: 655.35 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Brushless Motor Required Rotation Speed (with Rotation Angle Sensor)

Requested brushless motor rotation speed

Min.: -32768 rpm

Max.: 32767 rpm

Brake pedal released: 0 rpm

-

Brushless Motor Actual Rotation Speed (with Rotation Angle Sensor)

Actual brushless motor rotation speed

Min.: -32768 rpm

Max.: 32767 rpm

Brake pedal released: 0 rpm

-

Brushless Motor Operation Status (with Rotation Angle Sensor)

Operation status of brushless motor

Abnormal / Stop / Synchronization drive / Extended Induced voltage

-

-

Down Stream Voltage Solenoid Relay

Solenoid relay downstream voltage

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

CBKP Voltage

CBKP voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

  • *1: for performing Dealer Mode (Signal Check): Click here
  • *2: for entering Dealer Mode (Calibration): Click here
Chassis > Brake/EPB

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Total Distance Traveled - Unit

Total distance traveled unit

km / mile

-

-

Total Distance Traveled

Total distance traveled

Min.: 0

Max.: 16777215

-

-

FR Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FL Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RL Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Master Cylinder Sensor 1

Master cylinder pressure sensor pressure (value detected by ECU)

Min.: -1.00 MPa

Max.: 23.99 MPa

Brake pedal released: -1.00 to 0.00 MPa

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Master Cylinder Sensor Temperature

Master cylinder pressure sensor temperature

Min.: -80°C (-112°F)

Max.: 175°C (347°F)

Current master cylinder pressure sensor temperature

-

M/C Sensor Grade

Master cylinder pressure sensor change (value detected by ECU)

Min.: -30 MPa/s

Max.: 225 MPa/s

Brake pedal released or pedal held at constant position: 0 MPa/s

When brake pedal is being operated: Changes in proportion with the pedal movement speed

Lateral G

Lateral G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

Turning right: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

Turning left: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During turning: Changes in proportion with lateral acceleration

Forward and Rearward G

Forward and rearward G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

During deceleration: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During acceleration/deceleration: Changes in proportion with acceleration

Yaw Rate Sensor Value

Yaw rate sensor value

Min.: -128°/s

Max.: 127°/s

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0°/s

Turning right: -128 to 0°/s

Turning left: 0 to 127°/s

-

Steering Angle Value

Steering angle sensor value

Min.: -3276.8°

Max.: 3276.7°

Turning left: 0.0 to 3276.7°

Turning right: -3276.8 to 0.0°

-

Zero Point of Steering Angle

Zero point of steering angle

Min.: -3276.8°

Max.: 3276.7°

-

-

MT Voltage Value

ABS motor drive voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

HINT:

This is the voltage downstream of the ABS motor as monitored by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Solenoid Power Supply Voltage

Solenoid power supply voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

HINT:

This is the voltage output (which supplies power to each solenoid) from the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) to the ABS solenoid relay

Accelerator Opening Angle %

Percentage of accelerator pedal opening angle

Min.: 0.0%

Max.: 127.5%

Accelerator pedal released: 0.0%

During accelerator pedal operation: Changes in proportion with the pedal movement

Shift Lever Position

Shift position information

fail / 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th / 5th / 6th / B / D/M / N / P / R / No input

Actual shift position

-

TRC(TRAC)/VSC OFF Mode

TRAC/VSC off mode

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON) / TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON) / VSC expert mode (VSC expert mode MID ON) / VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF)

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON): Normal mode

TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON): TRAC off mode

VSC expert mode (VSC expert mode MID ON): VSC expert mode

VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF): VSC off mode

-

Brake Hold Control Mode

Brake hold control mode

Out of control mode / Pressure hold mode / Pressure release mode / EPB lock mode

Out of control mode: Brake hold control system is off or brake hold control system is stand-by mode (brake hold standby indicator light is illuminated)

Pressure hold mode: Brake hold control is operating (brake hold operated indicator light is illuminated)

Pressure release mode: Brake hold control is released (brake hold operated indicator light not illuminated)

EPB lock mode: Parking brake is engaged during brake hold control

HINT:

  • EPB: Electric Parking Brake System
  • If the brake pedal is not depressed for 3 minutes or more after entering pressure hold mode, the system automatically changes to EPB lock mode

FR Target Oil Pressure

Front wheel RH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

FL Target Oil Pressure

Front wheel LH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

RR Target Oil Pressure

Rear wheel RH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

RL Target Oil Pressure

Rear wheel LH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

Toyota Prius Vehicle Speed

Vehicle speed

(estimated vehicle speed used for various controls)

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Toyota Prius Vehicle Speed Grade

Vehicle acceleration/deceleration

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

Vehicle stopped: 0.000 m/s2

During deceleration: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During driving: Changes in proportion with Toyota Prius vehicle acceleration/deceleration

Vehicle Stop Time from IG ON

Time vehicle stopped after ignition switch turned to ON

Min.: 0 s

Max.: 1275 s

-

-

Travel Distance from IG ON

Driving time after ignition switch turned to ON

Min.: 0 s

Max.: 1275 s

-

-

Stop Light SW

Stop light switch assembly status

(STP or STP2 terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake pedal released

ON: Brake pedal depressed

HINT:

  • Stop light control relay (semiconductor power integration ECU) off: STP terminal status displayed.
  • Stop light control relay (semiconductor power integration ECU) on: STP2 terminal status displayed.

Parking Brake SW

Parking brake status

OFF / ON

OFF: Parking brake released

ON: Parking brake applied

-

Brake Hold Switch

Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) (BH terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) OFF

ON: Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) ON

HINT:

The brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) state is determined using the voltage at terminal BH

Stop Light Relay

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) status

(STP terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off and brake pedal released

ON: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on or brake pedal depressed

HINT:

The voltage of power supplied to the stop lights is measured at the STP terminal.

Inspection Mode

Inspection mode

OFF / ON

OFF: Normal mode

ON: Inspection mode

-

TRC(TRAC) Control

TRAC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

TRC(TRAC) Engine Control

TRAC throttle control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

TRC(TRAC) Brake Control

TRAC brake control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FR Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Front wheel RH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FL Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Front wheel LH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RR Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Rear wheel RH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RL Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Rear wheel LH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FR Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Front wheel RH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FL Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Front wheel LH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RR Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Rear wheel RH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RL Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Rear wheel LH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

BA Ctrl Status

BA control status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not during control

ON: During control

-

PBA Ctrl Status

PBA control status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not during control

ON: During control

-

Stop Light Relay State for ECU Control

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) status (STPO terminal output) (for ECU control)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off (Stop light off)

ON: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on (Stop light on)

-

Solenoid State for ECU Control

ABS solenoid relay status (for ECU control)

OFF / ON

OFF: ABS solenoid relay not operating

ON: ABS solenoid relay operating

-

Motor State for ECU Control

ABS motor relay status (for ECU control)

OFF / ON

OFF: ABS motor relay not operating

ON: ABS motor relay operating

-

Buzzer

Meter buzzer

OFF / ON

OFF: Buzzer off

ON: Buzzer on

-

Dealer Mode

Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode) status

OFF / ON

OFF: Normal mode

ON: Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode)

HINT:

  • For details on Dealer Mode (Signal Check), refer to Signal Check*1
  • For details on Dealer Mode (Calibration), refer to Reset Memory / Calibration*2

Zero Point Memory State of Steering Angle Sensor

Steering angle sensor zero point memorization status

Zero point is not memorized / Zero point is memorized

-

HINT:

The steering angle sensor zero point is acquired when the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven in a straight line at a speed of 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for approximately 5 seconds.

Regenerative Cooperation

Regenerative cooperation

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating

-

TRC(TRAC)/VSC OFF SW

VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) (CSW terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) OFF

ON: VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) ON

HINT:

The VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) state is determined using the voltage at terminal CSW

IGP_PT2

IGP_PT2 status

OFF / ON

OFF: IGP_PT2 OFF

ON: IGP_PT2 ON

-

FR Wheel

Front right wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

FL Wheel

Front left wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

RR Wheel

Rear right wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

RL Wheel

Rear left wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

FR Speed Open

Front speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FL Speed Open

Front speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RL Speed Open

Rear speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Yaw Rate Open

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly) open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Deceleration Open

Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Steering Open

Steering angle sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Master Cylinder Open

Master cylinder pressure sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Front speed sensor RH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Front speed sensor LH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Rear speed sensor RH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Rear speed sensor LH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

M/C Pressure Sensor Noise

Master cylinder pressure sensor noise detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Noise is not detected

Under intermittent: Noise is detected

-

Yaw Rate Sensor Voltage Open

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly) voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Power Supply Open

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Solenoid Power Supply Open

Solenoid power supply voltage status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Motor Power Supply Open

Motor power supply voltage status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stop Switch Open

Momentary interruption (open circuit) status in wire harness between No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) and stop light switch assembly status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

A/C ECU Communication Open

Air conditioning amplifier assembly communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Momentary interruption not detected

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption detected

-

Air Bag ECU Communication Open

Airbag ECU assembly open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stroke2 Open

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2 open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

HV Communication Open

Hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Body ECU Communication Open

Main body ECU (multiplex network body ECU) communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Brake Hold Ready

Brake hold control permission status

Not in stand-by mode / Stand-by mode

Not in stand-by mode: Brake hold function not operating (brake hold standby indicator light not illuminated)

Stand-by mode: Brake hold function stand-by state (brake hold standby indicator light illuminated)

-

Stroke Sensor2

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 3.6 to 4.4 V

Reading decreases when brake pedal is depressed

Quantity of Brake Pedal Stroke

Brake pedal stroke amount

Min.: 0 mm

Max.: 255 mm

Brake pedal released: 0 mm

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Voltage of Stroke Sensor2

Voltage of brake pedal stroke sensor 2

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

-

-

FR Regenerative Request

FR regenerative request torque

Min.: 0 Nm

Max.: 1048560 Nm

-

Changes according to brake pedal force (When depressing the brake pedal lightly after reaching 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, avoiding sudden braking.)

FR Regenerative Operation

FR regenerative operation torque

Min.: 0 Nm

Max.: 1048560 Nm

-

Changes according to brake pedal force (When depressing the brake pedal lightly after reaching 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, avoiding sudden braking.)

Brake Pedal Stroke Change Speed

Brake pedal stroke rate of change

Min.: -2560 mm/s

Max.: 2540 mm/s

Brake pedal released or depressed and held: 0 mm/s

Brake pedal is being moved: Changes in proportion to the operation speed of the brake pedal

VCSK Voltage Value

VSK2 voltage value

Min.: 0.000 V

Max.: 5.500 V

4.800 to 5.200 V

-

IGR Voltage

IG1 voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BS Voltage

BS voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BM Voltage

BM voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Voltage Difference between Motor Input-Output Terminal

Voltage difference between motor input-output terminal

Min.: -640.00 V

Max.: 639.98 V

-

-

Yaw Rate Sensor 1 Higher Resolution Signal

Yaw rate sensor 1 higher resolution signal

Min.: -327.68 deg/sec

Max.: 327.67 deg/sec

Turning right: -327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

Turning left: 327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

-

Yaw Rate Sensor 2 Higher Resolution Signal

Yaw rate sensor 2 higher resolution signal

Min.: -327.68 deg/sec

Max.: 327.67 deg/sec

Turning right: -327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

Turning left: 327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

-

GL1 GX Sensor Higher Resolution Signal

GL1 GX sensor higher resolution signal

Min.: -32768 mG

Max.: 32767 mG

During deceleration: -32768 to 0 mG

During acceleration: 0 to 32767 mG

-

GL2 GY Sensor Higher Resolution Signal

GL2 GY sensor higher resolution signal

Min.: -32768 mG

Max.: 32767 mG

Turning right: -32768 to 0 mG

Turning left: 0 to 32767 mG

-

Brakes Specifications Change by C-BEST

Brakes specifications change by C-BEST

None / Exist

-

-

SLM2 Refresh Drive Completed Status

Linear solenoid (SLM2) refresh complete/incomplete

Not Complete / Complete

Complete: Linear solenoid (SLM2) refresh complete

Not complete: Linear solenoid (SLM2) refresh incomplete

-

  • *1: for performing Dealer Mode (Signal Check): Click here
  • *2: for entering Dealer Mode (Calibration): Click here

CLEAR FREEZE FRAME DATA

NOTICE:

Clearing the DTCs will also clear the Freeze Frame Data.

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Trouble Codes.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Trouble Codes.

*: Electric Parking Brake System.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

(g) Press the clear button.

Signal Check

SIGNAL CHECK

SENSOR CHECK USING DEALER MODE (SIGNAL CHECK)

NOTICE:

  • After performing "Calibration", perform a master cylinder pressure sensor check.
  • After replacing or removing and installing a speed sensor, perform Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection to confirm that the speed sensors are operating correctly.
  • After replacing or removing and installing a speed sensor rotor, perform Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection to confirm that the speed sensors are operating correctly.

HINT:

  • Signals related to the electronically controlled brake system can be inspected by performing a Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection. During the inspection, the display of items determined normal by the skid control ECU changes from incomplete to complete.
  • During Dealer Mode (Signal Check), the VSC and TRAC do not operate regardless of whether the system is normal or a malfunction is detected.
  • If a sensor is malfunctioning, ABS does not operate and the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (yellow indicator) and slip indicator light illuminate.
  • Even during Dealer Mode (Signal Check), if there is a system malfunction that causes brake hold control to be prohibited, when the Toyota Prius vehicle is under the following conditions and the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is turned on, the brake hold operated indicator light blinks.
    • Vehicle Conditions:
      1. The driver door is closed.
      2. The driver seat belt is fastened.

(a) Procedure to Enter Dealer Mode (Signal Check)

(1) Turn the ignition switch off.

(2) Check that the steering wheel is centered.

(3) Check that park (P) is selected.

(4) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(5) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(6) Turn the GTS on.

(7) Switch the skid control ECU to Dealer Mode (Signal Check) using the GTS. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / Signal Check.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Signal Check

(b) Confirm the system has entered Dealer Mode (Signal Check)

(1) Confirm that the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (yellow indicator) and slip indicator light indicate the Dealer Mode pattern (blinking at 0.25 second intervals).

HINT:

  • When in Dealer Mode (signal check), "Traction Control Turned OFF" is displayed on the multi-information display.
  • When entering Dealer Mode (Signal Check), if the parking brake is engaged, the parking brake indicator light (red) will illuminate, and if the parking brake is not engaged, the parking brake indicator light (red) will blink in the Dealer Mode pattern (blinking at 0.25 second intervals).

(c) Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Check

(1) With the Toyota Prius vehicle stopped, release the brake pedal for 1 second or more and check that the value of Dealer Mode (Signal Check) Inspection Item "Output in Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor" changes from incomplete to complete.

HINT:

  • The status of the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (yellow indicator) and slip indicator light will not change.
  • If the master cylinder pressure sensor is normal and the above step is performed when in Dealer Mode (Signal Check), the master cylinder pressure sensor check will complete normally.

(d) Speed Sensor Check

NOTICE:

Before performing the speed sensor check, complete the master cylinder pressure sensor check.

(1) Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY).

(2) With the steering wheel held straight, accelerate the Toyota Prius vehicle to a speed of 45 km/h (28 mph) or more without spinning the wheels.

(3) Accelerating to a vehicle speed of 3 km/h (2 mph) or more, drive the vehicle in reverse for 1 second or more.

(4) Check that the ABS warning light goes off.

NOTICE:

  • If the sensor check does not complete successfully or a malfunctioning sensor is detected, the ABS warning light indicates the Dealer Mode pattern (blinking at 0.25 second intervals) and the ABS system will not operate.
  • If the Toyota Prius vehicle is driven at 80 km/h (50 mph) or more after the ABS warning light turns off, the speed sensor check will be performed again. In this situation, the ABS warning light will start blinking again.
  • The speed sensor check may not complete if the speed sensor check is started while turning the steering wheel or spinning the wheels.

(5) Stop the Toyota Prius vehicle.

(e) End of Sensor Check

(1) If the sensor check completes successfully, the ABS warning light turns off when the vehicle is being driven, and indicates the Dealer Mode pattern (blinking at 0.25 second intervals) when the vehicle is stopped.

NOTICE:

  • When all Dealer Mode (Signal Check) Inspection Items are complete, the sensor check is complete.
  • If the sensor checks have not completed, the ABS warning light will remain blinking while the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, and the ABS will not operate.
  • If any malfunctions are detected during Dealer Mode (Signal Check), the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (yellow indicator) or slip indicator light remains illuminated.
  • If any DTCs are output or if Dealer Mode (Signal Check) Inspection Items do not complete even after repeated attempts, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.

(f) End of Dealer Mode (Signal Check)

(1) Turn the ignition switch off.

(2) Disconnect the GTS.

(g) Dealer Mode (Signal Check) Inspection Item Chart

Item Name

Range

Judgment Description

Trouble Area

Output Signal of Front Speed Sensor RH

Incomplete/complete

  • Check for foreign matter
  • Check the gap between the sensor and rotor
  • Open or short in speed sensor
  • Open or short in wire harness
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Sensor installation
  • Front speed sensor rotor RH

Output Signal of Front Speed Sensor LH

Incomplete/complete

  • Check for foreign matter
  • Check the gap between the sensor and rotor
  • Open or short in speed sensor
  • Open or short in wire harness
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Sensor installation
  • Front speed sensor rotor LH

Output Signal of Rear Speed Sensor RH

Incomplete/complete

  • Check for foreign matter
  • Check the gap between the sensor and rotor
  • Open or short in speed sensor
  • Open or short in wire harness
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Sensor installation
  • Rear speed sensor rotor RH

Output Signal of Rear Speed Sensor LH

Incomplete/complete

  • Check for foreign matter
  • Check the gap between the sensor and rotor
  • Open or short in speed sensor
  • Open or short in wire harness
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Sensor installation
  • Rear speed sensor rotor LH

Change in Output Signal of Front Speed Sensor RH

Incomplete/complete

Check the stability of the sensor input waveform

  • Foreign object attached to speed sensor
  • Front speed sensor rotor RH

Change in Output Signal of Front Speed Sensor LH

Incomplete/complete

Check the stability of the sensor input waveform

  • Foreign object attached to speed sensor
  • Front speed sensor rotor LH

Change in Output Signal of Rear Speed Sensor RH

Incomplete/complete

Check the stability of the sensor input waveform

  • Foreign object attached to speed sensor
  • Rear speed sensor rotor RH

Change in Output Signal of Rear Speed Sensor LH

Incomplete/complete

Check the stability of the sensor input waveform

  • Foreign object attached to speed sensor
  • Rear speed sensor rotor LH

Output in Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor

Incomplete/complete

Evaluate the master cylinder pressure sensor zero point voltage

  • Open or short in master cylinder pressure sensor
  • Open or short in stop light switch assembly circuit or defective connector connection
  • Stop light switch assembly stuck off malfunction
  • Stop light switch assembly stuck on malfunction

Learning of Stroke Sensor Zero Point

Incomplete/complete

Check the stroke sensor zero point output value

  • Brake pedal stroke sensor zero point calibration incomplete
  • Open or short in wire harness
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Fail-safe Chart

FAIL-SAFE CHART

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION OF CONTROL SYSTEM

(a) When a malfunction is detected in the electronically controlled brake system, the skid control ECU turns the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (red indicator), brake system warning light (yellow indicator) and slip indicator light on, flashes the brake hold operated indicator light*, as well as prohibits ABS, BA, TRAC, VSC, secondary collision brake and brake hold operation.

  • *: The brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is turned on under the following Toyota Prius vehicle conditions.
    • Vehicle Conditions:
      1. The driver door is closed.
      2. The driver seat belt is fastened.

HINT:

When a component of the electronically controlled brake system is in fail-safe mode, operation is prohibited. However, if the system enters fail-safe mode while braking is being controlled, control is gradually suspended to prevent sudden changes in Toyota Prius vehicle behavior.

(b) If the skid control ECU detects that a system related to the hybrid control system is malfunctioning, it will prohibit operation of the TRAC and VSC systems in order to prevent further malfunctions and to protect the systems.

(c) If a malfunction in the electronically controlled brake system, electric parking brake system or hybrid control system is detected, control by the brake hold function is prohibited to prevent undesired operation and to protect the system.

HINT:

When control by the brake hold system is prohibited, the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is on and the following conditions are met, the brake hold operated indicator light will blink.

  • Toyota Prius Vehicle conditions:
    • The driver door is closed.
    • The driver seat belt is fastened.

(d) If the skid control ECU detects that a system related to the airbag system is malfunctioning, it will prohibit operation of the secondary collision brake in order to prevent further malfunctions and to protect the systems.

Item

Operation

*1: Only during brake hold control

*2: The systems for which control is prohibited differ depending on the status of the malfunction.

Malfunction in the ABS.

ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited.

Brake hold control prohibited.*1

Malfunction in the BA system.

ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited.

Brake hold control prohibited.*1

Malfunction in the EBD system.

ABS, EBD, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited.

Brake hold control prohibited.*1

Malfunction in the TRAC system.

ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited.*2

Brake hold control prohibited.*1

Malfunction in the VSC system.

ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited.*2

Brake hold control prohibited.*1

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

(a) If a skid control ECU or brake fluid control component malfunctions or the brake fluid pressure supply stops, the system performs the following fail-safe operations:

Item

Operation

A function controlled by No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) stops working.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) generates braking force.

A function controlled by No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) stops working.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) generates braking force.

A brake fluid pressure control component inside the brake booster with master cylinder assembly or brake actuator assembly stops working.

Braking force solely generated by the driver.

The brake fluid pressure supply to the brake booster with master cylinder assembly and brake actuator assembly stops.

Braking force solely generated by the driver.

Data List / Active Test

DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST

DATA LIST

NOTICE:

In the table below, the values listed under "Normal Condition" are reference values. Do not depend solely on these reference values when deciding whether a part is faulty or not.

HINT:

Using the GTS to read the Data List allows the values or states of switches, sensors, actuators and other items to be read without removing any parts. This non-intrusive inspection can be very useful because intermittent conditions or signals may be discovered before parts or wiring is disturbed. Reading the Data List information early in troubleshooting is one way to save diagnostic time.

(a) Warm up the engine.

(b) Turn the ignition switch off.

(c) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(e) Turn the GTS on.

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Data List.

(g) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Data List.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

(h) According to the display on the GTS, read the Data List.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Total Distance Traveled - Unit

Total distance traveled unit

km / mile

-

-

Total Distance Traveled

Total distance traveled

Min.: 0

Max.: 16777215

-

-

Solenoid Power Supply Voltage

Solenoid power supply voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Stop Light SW

Stop light switch assembly (STP terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake pedal released

ON: Brake pedal depressed

HINT:

The brake pedal state is determined using the voltage at terminal STP

Parking Brake SW

Parking brake status

OFF / ON

OFF: Parking brake released

ON: Parking brake applied

-

Buzzer

Meter buzzer

OFF / ON

OFF: Buzzer off

ON: Buzzer on

-

Dealer Mode

Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode) status

OFF / ON

OFF: Normal mode

ON: Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode)

HINT:

  • For details on Dealer Mode (Signal Check), refer to Signal Check*1
  • For details on Dealer Mode (Calibration), refer to Reset Memory / Calibration*2

Reservoir Warning SW

Brake fluid level warning switch

OFF / ON

OFF: Reservoir level normal

ON: Reservoir level low

-

ECB Solenoid (SGH)

Switching solenoid valve (SGH)

OFF / ON

OFF: Solenoid off

ON: Solenoid on

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

ECB Solenoid (SSA)

Switching solenoid valve (SSA)

OFF / ON

OFF: Solenoid off

ON: Solenoid on

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

IGP_PT2

IGP_PT2 status

OFF / ON

OFF: IGP_PT2 OFF

ON: IGP_PT2 ON

-

Stroke Sensor

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 0.6 to 1.4 V

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Quantity of Brake Pedal Stroke

Brake pedal stroke amount

Min.: 0 mm

Max.: 255 mm

Brake pedal released: 0 mm

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Servo Pressure

Pressure value of servo

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Voltage of Stroke Sensor

Voltage of brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

-

-

Brake Pedal Stroke Change Speed

Brake pedal stroke rate of change

Min.: -2560 mm/s

Max.: 2540 mm/s

Brake pedal released or depressed and held: 0 mm/s

Brake pedal is being moved: Changes in proportion to the operation speed of the brake pedal

Target Oil Pressure

Wheel target hydraulic pressure

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 20.00 MPa

-

Changes according to the target wheel cylinder hydraulic pressure

VCSK Voltage Value

VCSK voltage value

Min.: 0.000 V

Max.: 5.500 V

4.800 to 5.200 V

-

SGH Solenoid Current

Switching solenoid valve (SGH) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 3.000 A

0.000 to 1.500 A

-

SSA Solenoid Current

Switching solenoid valve (SSA) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 3.000 A

0.000 to 1.500 A

-

ECB Main Relay

Main relay operation request

OFF / ON

OFF: Relay off

ON: Relay on

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

Brake Booster Motor

Brake booster motor status

OFF / ON

OFF: Motor off

ON: Motor on

-

Linear Solenoid (SLM1)

Linear solenoid valve (SLM1) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 0.504 A

-

-

Linear Solenoid (SLM2)

Linear solenoid valve (SLM2) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 0.504 A

-

-

The Number of Capacitor Operation

Displays the number of integration control supply operations

Min.: 0

Max.: 255

-

-

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

Pressure value of stroke simulator

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure Grade

Amount of change in stroke simulator oil pressure

Min.: -30 MPa/s

Max.: 225 MPa/s

-

-

Linear Solenoid Current (SLM1)

Linear solenoid valve (SLM1) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 1.500 A

Brake pedal released: 0 A

-

Linear Solenoid Current (SLM2)

Linear solenoid valve (SLM2) current

Min.: 0.000 A

Max.: 1.500 A

Brake pedal released: 0 A

-

IGR Voltage

IGR voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BS Voltage

BS voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BM Voltage

BM voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Zero point Calibrated Value of Phase U Current Monitor

Displays zero point calibrated value of phase U current monitor for brushless motor

Min.: -32.768 A

Max.: 32.767 A

-

-

Zero point Calibrated Value of Phase V Current Monitor

Displays zero point calibrated value of phase V current monitor for brushless motor

Min.: -32.768 A

Max.: 32.767 A

-

-

Zero point Calibrated Value of Phase W Current Monitor

Displays zero point calibrated value of phase W current monitor for brushless motor

Min.: -32.768 A

Max.: 32.767 A

-

-

Thermistor1 Temperature for Inverter Circuit

Temperature of thermistor1 in inverter circuit

Min.: -327.68°C (-558°F)

Max.: 327.67°C (622°F)

-

-

Thermistor2 Temperature for Inverter Circuit

Temperature of thermistor2 in inverter circuit

Min.: -327.68°C (-558°F)

Max.: 327.67°C (-622°F)

-

-

Brushless Motor Inverter end Voltage

Inverter end voltage for brushless motor

Min.: 0.00 V

Max.: 655.35 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Brushless Motor Required Rotation Speed (with Rotation Angle Sensor)

Requested brushless motor rotation speed

Min.: -32768 rpm

Max.: 32767 rpm

Brake pedal released: 0 rpm

-

Brushless Motor Actual Rotation Speed (with Rotation Angle Sensor)

Actual brushless motor rotation speed

Min.: -32768 rpm

Max.: 32767 rpm

Brake pedal released: 0 rpm

-

Brushless Motor Operation Status (with Rotation Angle Sensor)

Operation status of brushless motor

Abnormal / Stop / Synchronization drive / Extended Induced voltage

-

-

Gap Hold Chamber Pressure Sensor Open History

History of momentary open in gap pressure sensor

None / Exist

-

-

Down Stream Voltage Solenoid Relay

Solenoid relay downstream voltage

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

CBKP Voltage

CBKP voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

  • *1: for performing Dealer Mode (Signal Check): Click here
  • *2: for entering Dealer Mode (Calibration): Click here
Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Total Distance Traveled - Unit

Total distance traveled unit

km / mile

-

-

Total Distance Traveled

Total distance traveled

Min.: 0

Max.: 16777215

-

-

FR Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FL Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RL Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FR Wheel Acceleration

Front wheel RH acceleration

Min.: -200.840 m/s2

Max.: 199.271 m/s2

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.000 m/s2

During deceleration: -200.840 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 199.271 m/s2

During deceleration/acceleration: Changes continuously

FL Wheel Acceleration

Front wheel LH acceleration

Min.: -200.840 m/s2

Max.: 199.271 m/s2

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.000 m/s2

During deceleration: -200.840 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 199.271 m/s2

During deceleration/acceleration: Changes continuously

RR Wheel Acceleration

Rear wheel RH acceleration

Min.: -200.840 m/s2

Max.: 199.271 m/s2

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.000 m/s2

During deceleration: -200.840 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 199.271 m/s2

During deceleration/acceleration: Changes continuously

RL Wheel Acceleration

Rear wheel LH acceleration

Min.: -200.840 m/s2

Max.: 199.271 m/s2

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.000 m/s2

During deceleration: -200.840 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 199.271 m/s2

During deceleration/acceleration: Changes continuously

Master Cylinder Sensor 1

Master cylinder pressure sensor pressure (value detected by ECU)

Min.: -1.00 MPa

Max.: 23.99 MPa

Brake pedal released: -1.00 to 0.00 MPa

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Zero Point of M/C

Memorized zero point value of master cylinder pressure sensor

Min.: -12.5 MPa

Max.: 12.4 MPa

-

-

Master Cylinder Sensor Temperature

Master cylinder pressure sensor temperature

Min.: -80°C (-112°F)

Max.: 175°C (347°F)

Current master cylinder pressure sensor temperature

-

M/C Sensor Grade

Master cylinder pressure sensor change (value detected by ECU)

Min.: -30 MPa/s

Max.: 225 MPa/s

Brake pedal released or pedal held at constant position: 0 MPa/s

When brake pedal is being operated: Changes in proportion with the pedal movement speed

Lateral G

Lateral G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

Turning right: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

Turning left: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During turning: Changes in proportion with lateral acceleration

Forward and Rearward G

Forward and rearward G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

During deceleration: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During acceleration/deceleration: Changes in proportion with acceleration

Zero Point of Decele2

Memorized zero point value of lateral G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

-

-

Zero Point of Decele

Memorized zero point value of forward and rearward G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

-

-

Yaw Rate Sensor Value

Yaw rate sensor value

Min.: -128°/s

Max.: 127°/s

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0°/s

Turning right: -128 to 0°/s

Turning left: 0 to 127°/s

-

Zero Point of Yaw Rate Sensor

Memorized zero point value of yaw rate sensor

Min.: -128°/s

Max.: 127°/s

After completing zero point calibration: °/s

-

Steering Angle Value

Steering angle sensor value

Min.: -3276.8°

Max.: 3276.7°

Turning left: 0.0 to 3276.7°

Turning right: -3276.8 to 0.0°

-

Zero Point of Steering Angle

Memorized zero point value of steering angle sensor

Min.: -3276.8°

Max.: 3276.7°

-

-

MT Voltage Value

ABS motor drive voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

HINT:

This is the voltage downstream of the ABS motor as monitored by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Solenoid Power Supply Voltage

Solenoid power supply voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

HINT:

This is the voltage output (which supplies power to each solenoid) from the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) to the ABS solenoid relay

Toyota Prius Vehicle Speed

Vehicle speed

(Vehicle speed signal output to combination meter assembly)

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Accelerator Opening Angle %

Percentage of accelerator pedal opening angle

Min.: 0.0%

Max.: 127.5%

Accelerator pedal released: 0.0%

During accelerator pedal operation: Changes in proportion with the pedal movement

Shift Lever Position

Shift position information

fail / 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th / 5th / 6th / B / D/M / N / P / R / No input

Actual shift position

-

TRC(TRAC)/VSC OFF Mode

TRAC/VSC off mode

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON) / TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON) / VSC expert mode (VSC expert mode MID ON) / VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF)

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON): Normal mode

TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON): TRAC off mode

VSC expert mode (VSC expert mode MID ON): VSC expert mode

VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF): VSC off mode

-

Brake Hold Control Mode

Brake hold control mode

Out of control mode / Pressure hold mode / Pressure release mode / EPB lock mode

Out of control mode: Brake hold control system is off or brake hold control system is stand-by mode (brake hold standby indicator light is illuminated)

Pressure hold mode: Brake hold control is operating (brake hold operated indicator light is illuminated)

Pressure release mode: Brake hold control is released (brake hold operated indicator light not illuminated)

EPB lock mode: Parking brake is engaged during brake hold control

HINT:

  • EPB: Electric Parking Brake System
  • If the brake pedal is not depressed for 3 minutes or more after entering pressure hold mode, the system automatically changes to EPB lock mode

FR Target Oil Pressure

Front wheel RH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

FL Target Oil Pressure

Front wheel LH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

RR Target Oil Pressure

Rear wheel RH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

RL Target Oil Pressure

Rear wheel LH target oil pressure

Min.: 0.0 MPa

Max.: 20.0 MPa

-

Different according to target oil pressure of each wheel

Toyota Prius Vehicle Speed Grade

Vehicle acceleration/deceleration

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

Vehicle stopped: 0.000 m/s2

During deceleration: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During driving: Changes in proportion with Toyota Prius vehicle acceleration/deceleration

Vehicle Stop Time from IG ON

Time vehicle stopped after ignition switch turned to ON

Min.: 0 s

Max.: 1275 s

-

-

Travel Distance from IG ON

Driving time after ignition switch turned to ON

Min.: 0 s

Max.: 1275 s

-

-

Stop Light SW

Stop light switch assembly status

(STP or STP2 terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake pedal released

ON: Brake pedal depressed

HINT:

  • Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off: STP terminal status displayed.
  • Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on: STP2 terminal status displayed.

Parking Brake SW

Parking brake status

OFF / ON

OFF: Parking brake released

ON: Parking brake applied

-

Brake Hold Switch

Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) (BH terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) OFF

ON: Brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) ON

HINT:

The brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) state is determined using the voltage at terminal BH

Stop Light Relay

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) status

(STP terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off and brake pedal released

ON: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on or brake pedal depressed

HINT:

The voltage of power supplied to the stop lights is measured at the STP terminal.

Inspection Mode

Inspection mode

OFF / ON

OFF: Normal mode

ON: Inspection mode

-

TRC(TRAC) Control

TRAC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

TRC(TRAC) Engine Control

TRAC throttle control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

TRC(TRAC) Brake Control

TRAC brake control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FR Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Front wheel RH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FL Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Front wheel LH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RR Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Rear wheel RH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RL Wheel VSC Ctrl Status

Rear wheel LH VSC control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FR Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Front wheel RH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

FL Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Front wheel LH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RR Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Rear wheel RH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

RL Wheel ABS Ctrl Status

Rear wheel LH ABS control status

Out of controlling / Under Controlling

Out of controlling: Not during control

Under Controlling: During control

-

BA Ctrl Status

BA control status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not during control

ON: During control

-

PBA Ctrl Status

PBA control status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not during control

ON: During control

-

Stop Light Relay State for ECU Control

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) status (STPO terminal output) (for ECU control)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off (Stop light off)

ON: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on (Stop light on)

-

Solenoid State for ECU Control

ABS solenoid relay status (for ECU control)

OFF / ON

OFF: ABS solenoid relay not operating

ON: ABS solenoid relay operating

-

Motor State for ECU Control

ABS motor relay status (for ECU control)

OFF / ON

OFF: ABS motor relay not operating

ON: ABS motor relay operating

-

Buzzer

Meter buzzer

OFF / ON

OFF: Buzzer off

ON: Buzzer on

-

Dealer Mode

Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode) status

OFF / ON

OFF: Normal mode

ON: Dealer Mode (Signal Check mode or Calibration mode)

HINT:

  • For details on Dealer Mode (Signal Check), refer to Signal Check*1
  • For details on Dealer Mode (Calibration), refer to Reset Memory / Calibration*2

Zero Point Memory State of Steering Angle Sensor

Steering angle sensor zero point memorization status

Zero point is not memorized / Zero point is memorized

-

HINT:

The steering angle sensor zero point is acquired when the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven in a straight line at a speed of 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for approximately 5 seconds

Regenerative Cooperation

Regenerative cooperation

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating

-

TRC(TRAC)/VSC OFF SW

VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) (CSW terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) OFF

ON: VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) ON

HINT:

The VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) state is determined using the voltage at terminal CSW

IGP_PT2

IGP_PT2 status

OFF / ON

OFF: IGP_PT2 OFF

ON: IGP_PT2 ON

-

FR Wheel

Front right wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

FL Wheel

Front left wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

RR Wheel

Rear right wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

RL Wheel

Rear left wheel rotation direction

Forward / Back

When driving forward: forward

When reversing: Back

-

Brake Hold Ready

Brake hold control permission status

Not in stand-by mode / Stand-by mode

Not in stand-by mode: Brake hold function not operating (brake hold standby indicator light not illuminated)

Stand-by mode: Brake hold function stand-by state (brake hold standby indicator light illuminated)

-

Stroke Sensor2

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 3.6 to 4.4 V

Reading decreases when brake pedal is depressed

Quantity of Brake Pedal Stroke

Brake pedal stroke amount

Min.: 0 mm

Max.: 255 mm

Brake pedal released: 0 mm

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Voltage of Stroke Sensor2

Voltage of brake pedal stroke sensor 2

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

-

-

FR Regenerative Request

FR regenerative request torque

Min.: 0 Nm

Max.: 1048560 Nm

-

Changes according to brake pedal force (When depressing the brake pedal lightly after reaching 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, avoiding sudden braking.)

FR Regenerative Operation

FR regenerative operation torque

Min.: 0 Nm

Max.: 1048560 Nm

-

Changes according to brake pedal force (When depressing the brake pedal lightly after reaching 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, avoiding sudden braking.)

Brake Pedal Stroke Change Speed

Brake pedal stroke rate of change

Min.: -2560 mm/s

Max.: 2540 mm/s

Brake pedal released or depressed and held: 0 mm/s

Brake pedal is being moved: Changes in proportion to the operation speed of the brake pedal

VCSK Voltage Value

VSK2 voltage value

Min.: 0.000 V

Max.: 5.500 V

4.800 to 5.200 V

-

ABS Solenoid (SRLR)

Rear pressure reduction solenoid LH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure reduction)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SRLH)

Rear pressure holding solenoid LH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure holding)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SRRR)

Rear pressure reduction solenoid RH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure reduction)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SRRH)

Rear pressure holding solenoid RH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure holding)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SFLR)

Front pressure reduction solenoid LH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure reduction)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SFLH)

Front pressure holding solenoid LH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure holding)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SFRR)

Front pressure reduction solenoid RH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure reduction)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

ABS Solenoid (SFRH)

Front pressure holding solenoid RH status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure holding)

HINT:

The solenoid valve controls the brake fluid pressure of the wheel cylinder of the Toyota Prius vehicle

TRC(TRAC)/VSC Solenoid (SM2)

Master cylinder cut solenoid (Brake Pressure Control Solenoid "B") status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure regulation)

HINT:

Depending on the operating conditions, the master cylinder cut solenoid valves regulate the brake fluid pressure generated by the pump motor

TRC(TRAC)/VSC Solenoid (SM1)

Master cylinder cut solenoid (Brake Pressure Control Solenoid "A") status

OFF / ON

OFF: Not operating

ON: Operating (pressure regulation)

HINT:

Depending on the operating conditions, the master cylinder cut solenoid valves regulate the brake fluid pressure generated by the pump motor

ABS Motor Relay

Motor relay

OFF / ON

OFF: Motor relay off

ON: Motor relay on

-

Solenoid Relay

Solenoid relay

OFF / ON

OFF: Solenoid relay off

ON: Solenoid relay on

-

STPO

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) status

(STPO terminal output)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off (Stop light off)

ON: Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on (Stop light on)

HINT:

When STPO is ON, the stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) turns ON and the stop lights illuminate

IGR Voltage

IG1 voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BS Voltage

BS voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

BM Voltage

BM voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Voltage Difference between Motor Input-Output Terminal

Voltage difference between motor input-output terminal

Min.: -640.00 V

Max.: 639.98 V

-

-

Yaw Rate Sensor 1 Higher Resolution Signal

Yaw rate sensor 1 higher resolution signal

Min.: -327.68 deg/sec

Max.: 327.67 deg/sec

Turning right: -327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

Turning left: 327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

-

Yaw Rate Sensor 2 Higher Resolution Signal

Yaw rate sensor 2 higher resolution signal

Min.: -327.68 deg/sec

Max.: 327.67 deg/sec

Turning right: -327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

Turning left: 327.68 to 0.00 deg/sec

-

GL1 GX Sensor Higher Resolution Signal

GL1 GX sensor higher resolution signal

Min.: -32768 mG

Max.: 32767 mG

During deceleration: -32768 to 0 mG

During acceleration: 0 to 32767 mG

-

GL2 GY Sensor Higher Resolution Signal

GL2 GY sensor higher resolution signal

Min.: -32768 mG

Max.: 32767 mG

Turning right: -32768 to 0 mG

Turning left: 0 to 32767 mG

-

Request Acceleration of Upper Limit from Toyota Safety Sense

Request acceleration of upper limit from Toyota safety sense

Min.: -32.768 m/s2

Max.: 32.767 m/s2

During deceleration: -32.768 to 0 m/s2

During acceleration: 0 to 32.767 m/s2

-

Request Acceleration of Lower Limit from Toyota Safety Sense

Request acceleration of lower limit from Toyota safety sense

Min.: -32.768 m/s2

Max.: 32.767 m/s2

During deceleration: -32.768 to 0 m/s2

During acceleration: 0 to 32.767 m/s2

-

Request Acceleration and Deceleration ID of Upper Limit from Toyota Safety Sense

Request acceleration and deceleration ID of upper limit from Toyota safety sense

Min.: 0

Max.: 63

Not during control: 0

-

Request Acceleration and Deceleration ID of Lower Limit from Toyota Safety Sense

Request acceleration and deceleration ID of lower limit from Toyota safety sense

Min.: 0

Max.: 63

Not during control: 0

-

Target Acceleration of Upper Limit from Toyota Prius Vehicle Motion Control

Target acceleration of upper limit from vehicle motion control

Min.: -1310.72 m/s2

Max.: 1310.68 m/s2

During deceleration: -1310.72 to 0.00 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.00 to 1310.68 m/s2

-

Target Acceleration of Lower Limit from Toyota Prius Vehicle Motion Control

Target acceleration of lower limit from vehicle motion control

Min.: -1310.72 m/s2

Max.: 1310.68 m/s2

During deceleration: -1310.72 to 0.00 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.00 to 1310.68 m/s2

-

Target Acceleration and Deceleration ID of Upper Limit from Toyota Prius Vehicle Motion Control

Target acceleration and deceleration ID of upper limit from vehicle motion control

Min.: 0

Max.: 63

Not during control: 0

-

Target Acceleration and Deceleration ID of Lower Limit from Toyota Prius Vehicle Motion Control

Target acceleration and deceleration ID of lower limit from vehicle motion control

Min.: 0

Max.: 63

Not during control: 0

-

Target Driving Force of Upper Limit from Toyota Prius Vehicle Motion Control

Target driving force of upper limit from vehicle motion control

Min.: -65536 N

Max.: 65534 N

  • When the shift state is other than R (reverse)
    • During deceleration: -65536 to 0 N
    • During acceleration: 0 to 65534 N
  • When the shift state is R (reverse)
    • During deceleration: 0 to 65534 N
    • During acceleration: -65536 to 0 N

-

Target Driving Force of Lower Limit from Toyota Prius Vehicle Motion Control

Target driving force of lower limit from vehicle motion control

Min.: -65536 N

Max.: 65534 N

  • When the shift state is other than R (reverse)
    • During deceleration: -65536 to 0 N
    • During acceleration: 0 to 65534 N
  • When the shift state is R (reverse)
    • During deceleration: 0 to 65534 N
    • During acceleration: -65536 to 0 N

-

Brakes Specifications Change by C-BEST

Brakes specifications change by C-BEST

None / Exist

-

-

SLM2 Refresh Drive Completed Status

Linear solenoid (SLM2) refresh complete/incomplete

Not Complete / Complete

Complete: Linear solenoid (SLM2) refresh complete

Not complete: Linear solenoid (SLM2) refresh incomplete

-

Zero Point of G Sensor Learning Status

G sensor zero point learning complete/incomplete

Complete / Not Complete

Complete: G sensor zero point learning complete

Not complete: G sensor zero point learning incomplete

-

Zero Point of Yaw Rate Sensor Learning Status

Yaw rate sensor zero point learning complete/incomplete

Complete / Not Complete

Complete: Yaw rate sensor zero point learning complete

Not complete: Yaw rate sensor zero point learning incomplete

-

Linear Solenoid Valve Offset Learning Status

Linear solenoid valve offset learning complete/incomplete

Complete / Not Complete

Complete: Linear solenoid valve offset learning complete

Not complete: Linear solenoid valve offset learning incomplete

-

Zero Point of Stroke Sensor Learning Status

Stroke sensor zero point learning complete/incomplete

Complete / Not Complete

Complete: Stroke sensor zero point learning complete

Not complete: Stroke sensor zero point learning incomplete

-

System Variant Learning Status

System variant learning complete/incomplete

Complete / Not Complete

Complete: System variant learning complete

Not complete: System variant learning incomplete

-

Drive Mode Select Customize Item EPS Available

Drive mode select customize item EPS available

Not Applicable / Applicable

-

-

Drive Mode Select Customize Item Adaptive Variable Suspension System Available

Drive mode select customize item adaptive variable suspension system available

Not Applicable / Applicable

-

-

Drive Mode Select Customize Item Brake Available

Drive mode select customize item brake available

Not Applicable / Applicable

-

-

  • *1: for performing Dealer Mode (Signal Check): Click here
  • *2: for entering Dealer Mode (Calibration): Click here
Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Total Distance Traveled

Total distance traveled

Min.: 0

Max.: 16777215

-

-

Total Distance Traveled - Unit

Total distance traveled unit

km / mile

-

-

Steering Angle Signal Information

Steering angle value

(Rotation to the left side is positive)

Min.: -3072.0 deg

Max.: 3070.5 deg

Turning left: 0.0 to 3070.5 deg

Turning right: -3072.0 to 0.0 deg

During steering operation: Changes in proportion with steering wheel rotation

Sensor Malfunction Factor (Current)

Sensor malfunction factor (current)

Normal / Angle Velocity / AD / Sensor Element / Steering Angle Value / Steering Angle Value of RAM Stuck

-

-

Sensor Malfunction Factor (Past)

Sensor malfunction factor (past)

Normal / Angle Velocity / AD / Sensor Element / Steering Angle Value / Steering Angle Value of RAM Stuck

-

-

Total Distance Traveled (When Sensor Malfunction occurred)

Total distance traveled (when sensor malfunction occurred)

Min.: 0

Max.: 16777215

-

-

Total Distance Traveled - Unit (When Sensor Malfunction occurred)

Total distance traveled unit (when sensor malfunction occurred)

km / mile

-

-

CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

HINT:

A momentary interruption (open circuit) in the connectors and/or wire harnesses between the sensors and ECUs can be detected using the Data List function of the GTS.

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Data List.

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Data List.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

(g) Follow the directions on the GTS to display the Data List and select areas where momentary interruptions should be monitored.

HINT:

A momentary interruption (open circuit) cannot be detected for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ON (initial check).

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stop Switch Open

Momentary interruption (open circuit) status in wire harness between No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and stop light switch assembly status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stroke Open

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1 open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Servo Pressure Sensor Open

Servo pressure sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Gap Hold Chamber Pressure Sensor Open

Gap pressure sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FR Speed Open

Front speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FL Speed Open

Front speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RL Speed Open

Rear speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Yaw Rate Open

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly) open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Deceleration Open

Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Steering Open

Steering angle sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Master Cylinder Open

Master cylinder pressure sensor open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Front speed sensor RH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Front speed sensor LH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Rear speed sensor RH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Rear speed sensor LH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

M/C Pressure Sensor Noise

Master cylinder pressure sensor noise detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Noise is not detected

Under intermittent: Noise is detected

-

Yaw Rate Sensor Voltage Open

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly) voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Power Supply Open

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Solenoid Power Supply Open

Solenoid power supply voltage status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Motor Power Supply Open

Motor power supply voltage status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stop Switch Open

Momentary interruption (open circuit) status in wire harness between No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) and stop light switch assembly status

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

A/C ECU Communication Open

Air conditioning amplifier assembly communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Air Bag ECU Communication Open

Airbag ECU assembly communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Stroke2 Open

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2 open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

HV Communication Open

Hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Body ECU Communication Open

Main body ECU (multiplex network body ECU) communication open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

(h) Push the line graph button to display the line graph.

(i) Check for intermittent shorts, etc.

OK:

Normal is displayed.

HINT:

If "Under intermittent" remains displayed on the GTS, measure the resistance between the skid control ECU and each sensor, hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU or airbag ECU assembly.

(j) While observing the screen, gently jiggle the connectors or wire harnesses between the ECUs and sensors, or between ECUs.

OK:

Normal is displayed.

HINT:

  • If a momentary interruption occurs and Under intermittent is displayed on the GTS, Under intermittent will remain displayed on the GTS for 1 second after the circuit returns to normal.
  • If the display changes, this indicates that there has been a momentary interruption (open circuit) in the connector and/or wire harness. In this case, repair or replace the connectors and/or wire harnesses as one of them is faulty.

ACTIVE TEST

HINT:

Using the GTS to perform Active Tests allows relays, VSVs, actuators and other items to be operated without removing any parts. This non-intrusive functional inspection can be very useful because intermittent operation may be discovered before parts or wiring is disturbed. Performing Active Tests early in troubleshooting is one way to save diagnostic time. Data List information can be displayed while performing Active Tests.

(a) Warm up the engine.

(b) Turn the ignition switch off.

(c) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(e) Turn the GTS on.

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Active Test.

(g) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Active Test.

*: Electric Parking Brake System

(h) According to the display on the GTS, perform the Active Test.

NOTICE:

  • Although the Active Test automatically turns off the actuator after approximately 5 seconds in order to protect the actuator, do not operate the actuator repeatedly without sufficient waiting time in between.
  • To protect the solenoids, do not operate the solenoids repeatedly without sufficient waiting time in between.
  • Do not depress the brake pedal when only the pressure release solenoids valves are ON.
  • Do not operate more than one solenoid at the same time, except for when operating the pressure hold solenoid and pressure release solenoid of the same wheel.
Chassis > Brake Booster > Active Test

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Control Range

Restrict Condition

Diagnostic Note

ECB Solenoid

Switching solenoid (SSA, SGH)

Solenoid Start (Activate)

Solenoid SSA / SGH

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect actuator and Solenoid(s), this test will continue for 25 seconds.

  • Check that the GTS display for the solenoid (SSA or SGH) changes to ON/OFF during Solenoid Start (Activate)
  • ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

ECB Main Relay

Main relay

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

Brake Booster Motor

Brake booster motor

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect this Drive Circuit and Solenoid, this test will only last 10 seconds.

-

Linear Solenoid (SLM1)

Linear solenoid (SLM1)

Solenoid Start (Activate)

Solenoid SLM1

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect this Drive Circuit and Solenoid, this test will only last 2 seconds.

-

Linear Solenoid (SLM2)

Linear solenoid (SLM2)

Solenoid Start (Activate)

Solenoid SLM2

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect this Drive Circuit and Solenoid, this test will only last 2 seconds.

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Active Test

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Control Range

Restrict Condition

Diagnostic Note

EBS Relay

Emergency brake signal operation

Relay Start

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

Whether the hazard warning lights blink when the EBS Relay is on can be confirmed. (w/ Emergency Brake Signal)

ABS Solenoid

Pressure holding solenoid (SFRH, SFLH, SRRH, SRLH)

Pressure reduction solenoid (SFRR, SFLR, SRRR, SRLR)

Solenoid Start (Activate)

Solenoid SFRH / SFLH / SRRH / SRLH / SFRR / SFLR / SRRR / SRLR

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect actuator and Solenoid(s), this test will continue for 25 seconds.

Check that the GTS display for the solenoid (SRLR, SRLH, SRRR, SRRH, SFLR, SFLH, SFRR or SFRH) changes to ON/OFF during Solenoid Start (Activate)

VSC Solenoid

Master cylinder cut solenoid (SM1, SM2)

Solenoid Start (Activate)

Solenoid SM1 / SM2

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect actuator and Solenoid(s), this test will continue for 25 seconds.

Check that the GTS display for the solenoid (SM1 or SM2) changes to ON/OFF during Solenoid Start (Activate)

Motor Relay

ABS motor relay

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

Operating sound of motor can be heard

Solenoid Relay

Solenoid relay

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

Perform the Active Test and check that the voltage displayed for the solenoid power supply voltage Data List item changes.

Stop Lamp Relay

Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly)

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

With the brake pedal released, check that the stop lights illuminate and the value of Stop Light Relay on the GTS changes to ON when Stop Lamp Relay is ON

On-vehicle Inspection

ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION

PROCEDURE

1. WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT INITIAL CHECK

(a) When the ignition switch is turned to ON, check that the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (red indicator), brake system warning light (yellow indicator), VSC OFF indicator light, slip indicator light, brake hold standby indicator light and brake hold operated indicator light come on for approximately 3 seconds.

HINT:

  • When the brake fluid level is low, the brake system warning light (red indicator) comes on.
  • If the skid control ECU stores any DTCs, the ABS warning light, brake system warning light (red indicator), brake system warning light (yellow indicator) and slip indicator light will come on. Also, in this state, if the Toyota Prius vehicle is under the following conditions and the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is turned on, the brake hold operated indicator light blinks.
    • Vehicle Conditions:
      1. The driver door is closed.
      2. The driver seat belt is fastened.
  • If the warning lights and indicator lights do not illuminate or illuminate for more than approximately 3 seconds, perform troubleshooting for the electronically controlled brake system.

    Click here

2. INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the brake master cylinder reservoir filler cap assembly.

(b) Disconnect the brake fluid level warning switch connector.

Procedure1

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

HINT:

A float is located inside the brake master cylinder reservoir assembly. Its position changes according to the level of brake fluid.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A6) Click Connector(A6)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A6-1 (GND) - A6-2 (LBL)

Brake fluid level warning switch off (float up)

1.84 to 2.16 kΩ

A6-1 (GND) - A6-2 (LBL)

Brake fluid level warning switch on (float down)

Below 1 Ω

Ω

*a

Component without harness connected

(Brake Fluid Level Warning Switch)

Post-procedure1

(d) If there are no problems after completing the preceding inspection, adjust the brake fluid to the MAX level with the ignition switch turned to ON.

3. BRAKE SYSTEM ON-Toyota Prius Vehicle INSPECTION

If no DTCs are output but the problem still occurs, use the following procedure to inspect the pressure sensor, brake booster with master cylinder assembly and stroke simulator.

NOTICE:

DTCs may be stored during the inspection procedure. Be sure to clear the DTCs and check that no DTCs are output after the inspection is finished.

(a) INSPECT PRESSURE SENSOR

(1) Check the auxiliary battery voltage.

Standard Voltage:

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

Auxiliary battery

Ignition switch off

11 to 14 V

V

(2) Set a pedal effort gauge and SST.

*a

Pedal Effort Gauge

*b

SST (LSPV Gauge)

*c

SST (No. 1 Nipple)

-

-

HINT:

Simultaneously measure the brake fluid pressure of all 4 wheels, or 2 wheels at a time.

(1) Set a pedal effort gauge and SST.

SST: 09709-29018

09709-00060

(2) Park (P) selected and parking brake applied.

(3) Bleed air from SST (LSPV gauge).

HINT:

Click here

(3) Inspect the master cylinder sensor 1, gap hold chamber oil pressure and servo pressure.

(1) Check the value output from "Master Cylinder Sensor 1", "Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure" and "Servo Pressure" by depressing the brake pedal.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Servo Pressure

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Master Cylinder Sensor 1

Standard Result:

Pedal Effort

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

Servo Pressure

Master Cylinder Sensor 1

Front Wheels Hydraulic Pressure

Rear Wheels Hydraulic Pressure

50 N (5 kgf, 11.2 lbf)

0.00 to 0.75 MPa

0.41 to 6.07 MPa

0.11 to 5.77 MPa

0.11 to 5.77 MPa (1.12 to 58.88 kgf/cm2, 16 to 837 psi)

0.41 to 6.07 MPa (4.18 to 61.94 kgf/cm2, 59 to 880 psi)

100 N (10 kgf, 22.5 lbf)

0.63 to 1.43 MPa

3.31 to 8.93 MPa

3.01 to 8.63 MPa

3.01 to 8.63 MPa (30.71 to 88.06 kgf/cm2, 436 to 1251 psi)

3.31 to 8.93 MPa (33.78 to 91.12 kgf/cm2, 480 to 1295 psi)

150 N (15 kgf, 33.7 lbf)

1.33 to 2.13 MPa

5.62 to 11.44 MPa

5.32 to 11.14 MPa

5.32 to 11.44 MPa (54.29 to 113.67 kgf/cm2, 771 to 1659 psi)

5.62 to 11.44 MPa (57.35 to 116.73 kgf/cm2, 815 to 1659 psi)

200 N (20 kgf, 45.0 lbf)

2.03 to 2.83 MPa

7.10 to 12.60 MPa

6.80 to 12.30 MPa

6.80 to 12.30 MPa (69.39 to 125.51 kgf/cm2, 986 to 1784 psi)

7.10 to 12.60 MPa (72.45 to 128.57 kgf/cm2, 1030 to 1827 psi)

(4) Remove the pedal effort gauge and SST.

(1) Remove the pedal effort gauge and SST, and bleed the brake line.

HINT:

Click here

(b) INSPECT BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

(1) Check the auxiliary battery voltage.

Standard Voltage:

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

Auxiliary battery

Ignition switch off

11 to 14 V

V

(2) Set a pedal effort gauge and SST.

*a

Pedal Effort Gauge

*b

SST (LSPV Gauge)

*c

SST (No. 1 Nipple)

-

-

HINT:

Simultaneously measure the brake fluid pressure of all 4 wheels, or 2 wheels at a time.

(1) Set a pedal effort gauge and SST.

SST: 09709-29018

09709-00060

(2) Park (P) selected and parking brake applied.

(3) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

(4) Bleed air from SST (LSPV gauge).

HINT:

Click here

(3) Check operation without brake boost.

(1) Inspect and adjust the brake pedal height.

(2) Adjust the brake fluid level of the reservoir so that it is between the MIN line and MAX line.

(3) Select "Motor Deactivate" on the "ECB Utility" screen.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

ECB Utility

(4) Perform "Motor Deactivate" according to the display on the GTS.

(5) Depress the brake pedal 10 times or more.

(6) Check that the brake pedal is firm.

(7) Check the values output from "Stroke Sensor" and "Stroke Sensor2" by depressing the brake pedal.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor2

Standard Result:

Pedal Effort

Stroke Sensor

Stroke Sensor2

Front Left Wheel Hydraulic Pressure

Front Right Wheel Hydraulic Pressure

200 N (20 kgf, 45.0 lbf)

0.90 to 1.67 V

3.33 to 4.10 V

0.00 to 3.44 MPa (0.00 to 35.10 kgf/cm2, 0 to 499 psi)

0.00 to 3.44 MPa (0.00 to 35.10 kgf/cm2, 0 to 499 psi)

500 N (51 kgf, 112.4 lbf)

1.16 to 1.99 V

3.01 to 3.84 V

3.12 to 7.17 MPa (31.84 to 73.16 kgf/cm2, 452 to 1040 psi)

3.12 to 7.17 MPa (31.84 to 73.16 kgf/cm2, 452 to 1040 psi)

HINT:

Check the performance of the brake booster with master cylinder assembly by comparing the pedal force with the value of the LSPV gauge and each stroke sensor. If there is a problem, determine the state of the brake booster with master cylinder assembly by using these results together with the results from inspecting the brake pedal stroke sensor.

(8) Remove the pedal effort gauge and SST, and bleed the brake system.

HINT:

Click here

*a

MAX Line

*b

MIN Line

(c) INSPECT STROKE SIMULATOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY)

(1) Check the auxiliary battery voltage.

Standard Voltage:

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

Auxiliary battery

Ignition switch off

11 to 14 V

V

(2) Set a pedal effort gauge.

(1) Set a pedal effort gauge.

(2) Park (P) selected and parking brake applied.

(3) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

(3) Check operation with brake boost.

(1) Depress the brake pedal 4 or 5 times.

(2) Check the values output from "Stroke Sensor" and "Stroke Sensor2" by depressing the brake pedal.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor2

Standard Voltage:

Pedal Effort

Stroke Sensor

Stroke Sensor2

50 N (5 kgf, 11.2 lbf)

0.96 to 1.67 V

3.33 to 4.04 V

100 N (10 kgf, 22.5 lbf)

1.14 to 1.86 V

3.14 to 3.86 V

150 N (15 kgf, 33.7 lbf)

1.23 to 1.95 V

3.05 to 3.77 V

Inspection

INSPECTION

PROCEDURE

1. INSPECT VSC OFF SWITCH (ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

for HEV Model Click Location & Routing(K22) Click Connector(K22)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K22-3 ( ) - K22-7 (E)

Switch pushed

Below 1 Ω

Ω

K22-3 ( ) - K22-7 (E)

Switch not pushed

10 kΩ or higher

for PHEV Model Click Location & Routing(K22) Click Connector(K22)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K22-13 ( ) - K22-7 (E)

Switch pushed

Below 1 Ω

Ω

K22-13 ( ) - K22-7 (E)

Switch not pushed

10 kΩ or higher

*A

for HEV Model

*B

for PHEV Model

*a

Component without harness connected

(VSC OFF Switch (Electric Parking Brake Switch Assembly))

2. INSPECT BRAKE HOLD SWITCH (ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

for HEV Model Click Location & Routing(K22) Click Connector(K22)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K22-6 ( B) - K22-7 (E)

Switch pushed

Below 1 Ω

Ω

K22-6 ( B) - K22-7 (E)

Switch not pushed

10 kΩ or higher

for PHEV Model Click Location & Routing(K22) Click Connector(K22)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K22-4 ( B) - K22-7 (E)

Switch pushed

Below 1 Ω

Ω

K22-4 ( B) - K22-7 (E)

Switch not pushed

10 kΩ or higher

*A

for HEV Model

*B

for PHEV Model

*a

Component without harness connected

(Brake Hold Switch (Electric Parking Brake Switch Assembly))

VEHICLE CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

VEHICLE CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

DESCRIPTION

  • Vehicle Control History (RoB) is a function that captures and stores ECU data when triggered by specific vehicle behavior.
  • It may be possible to determine the cause of the malfunction by checking the Toyota Prius vehicle history information and Freeze Frame Data.
  • The number of possible stored Freeze Frame Data sets, whether multi Freeze Frame Data is available, the number of freeze frame points, Freeze Frame Data items, the ECU internal range, etc., is different depending on the stored group.
  • The stored data items for Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB) Freeze Frame Data are different depending on the stored group. When the value of a data item does not change across all points, only the value of the detection point will be displayed. The contents of the Freeze Frame Data are almost the same as those of the Data List.

    Click here

PRECAUTIONS

  • As Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB) may be overwritten whenever the trigger conditions are met, make sure to save Vehicle Control History (RoB) before performing any inspections.
  • As Vehicle Control History (RoB) may be stored when performing an Active Test, learning, etc., make sure to clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB) before returning the Toyota Prius vehicle to the customer.

CHECK VEHICLE CONTROL HISTORY (RoB) (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM AND ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM)

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Utility / Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake Booster > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB).

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB) Item

Code

Tester Display

Measurement Item

User Notification

Diagnostic Note

X0455

Steering Angle Sensor Wrong Installation

History of steering angle sensor being installed incorrectly

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to Steering Angle Sensor Wrong Installation (X0455).

X2005

Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control System Malfunction

History of a malfunction in the HEV system

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X204C

Zero Point Calibration of Yaw Rate Sensor Undone

History of incomplete yaw rate sensor zero point calibration

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to Zero Point Calibration of Yaw Rate Sensor Undone (X204C).

X2086

SRS Airbag Malfunction

History of receiving a malfunction signal output for a secondary collision brake control request from the airbag ECU assembly 2 consecutive times

-

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to How to Proceed with Troubleshooting in Airbag System.

X2088

Bank Angle Detected

History of VSC operation being temporarily prohibited when driving at a steep bank angle, etc.

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

HINT:

Explain that VSC operation was temporarily prohibited when driving on a road with a steep bank angle, etc.

X208A

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Initialization Malfunction

History of being unable to obtain the steering angle zero point after driving at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed exceeding 15 km/h (9 mph) for 0.05 seconds or more

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Perform steering angle sensor zero point calibration.

X208B

EPB Motor Continuous Operation Request

History of system suspended to prevent overheat of parking brake actuator assembly when electric parking brake was used repeatedly

Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

HINT:

  • EPB: Electric Parking Brake System
  • Explain that system was suspended to prevent overheating of parking brake actuator assembly when electric parking brake was used repeatedly.

X208E

Power Steering Control Module Malfunction

History of power steering system malfunction

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X2096

Pre-Collision Brake

History of pre-collision brake operation

In accordance with advanced driver assistance system behavior

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X2098

Pre-Collision Brake Assist

History of pre-collision brake assist operation

In accordance with advanced driver assistance system behavior

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20A0

ABS

History of ABS operation

Slip indicator light blinks

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20A1

VSC

History of VSC operation

Slip indicator light blinks

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20A2

TRC(TRAC)

History of TRAC operation

Slip indicator light blinks

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20A5

Hill Start Assist

History of hill start assist operation

-

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20A7

Brake Assist

History of brake assist operation

-

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20A8

Secondary Collision Brake

History of secondary collision brake operation

-

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

X20D7

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction

History of the steering angle sensor zero point calibration position differing from the stored value

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction (X20D7).

X20D8

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Not Acquired

History of being unable to obtain the steering angle zero point

  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Not Acquired (X20D8).

X219A

Gear Shift Control Module Malfunction

History of electronic shift lever system malfunction

-

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X219C

EPB Lock Control Run

History of abnormal EPB operation

Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

HINT:

EPB: Electric Parking Brake System

X21A1

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" High Temperature (Level1)

History of system being stopped to protect the brake booster with master cylinder assembly from overheating when brake control was operated repeatedly or operated for an extended period of time.

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Brake system warning light (red indicator) illuminates
  • Slip indicator light illuminates

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X21AD

ABS Pump Motor Temperature High

History of extremely high ABS motor temperature due to automatic brake control (brake hold, dynamic radar cruise, advanced park, etc.) or long or frequent brake operation

-

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X21D0

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Performance Malfunction

History of malfunction of brake pedal stroke sensor 1

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Brake system warning light (red indicator) illuminates
  • ABS warning light illuminates
  • Slip indicator light illuminates
  • Brake hold operated indicator light blinks*1

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X21D1

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "B" Performance Malfunction

History of malfunction of brake pedal stroke sensor 2

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Brake system warning light (red indicator) illuminates

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X21DC

Main Battery Failure Power Supply Voltage Low

History of decrease in main power supply voltage of No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) due to decreased auxiliary battery voltage, etc.

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Brake system warning light (red indicator) illuminates

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X21DF

Brake System Control Module "A" Supply Voltage Low

History of decrease in main power supply voltage of No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) due to decreased auxiliary battery voltage, etc.

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Brake system warning light (red indicator) illuminates
  • ABS warning light illuminates
  • Slip indicator light illuminates

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X2442

Stroke Sensor / Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Failure

History of abnormality in correlation between output values of stroke sensor and gap pressure sensor.

  • Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates
  • Brake system warning light (red indicator) illuminates
  • Slip indicator light illuminates

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

NOTICE:

If the detection conditions for X2442 are met 3 times in a row in the same trip, DTC C116C62 is stored.

X250B

Sub Battery System Malfunction

History of sub battery system malfunction

Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X261B

Software Inconsistency with PCS Module

History of mismatch between the specification information sent by the forward recognition camera and the specification information stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

-

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X2629

Software Inconsistency with Gear Shift Control Module

  • Whether or not the vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lever system could not be stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • Mismatch between the memorized value of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) and current Toyota Prius vehicle specifications

-

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Check whether a specified shift control ECU (transmission floor shift assembly) is installed.
  2. Transition to Dealer Mode (Calibration) and perform system information memorization.

X2655

Software Inconsistency with Clearance Sonar Control Module

History of a change in CAN signal sent from the clearance warning ECU assembly

-

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

X2669

ECM Communication System Programming Failure

History of mismatch between specification information and the information stored in No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).

Brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminates

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Refer to the following diagnosis procedure:
  1. Using the GTS, perform a Health Check.
  2. Proceed to related output DTC or Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

XF01B

ECU Security Key Not Registered

ECU security key has not been registered

*2

  • Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

*1: When the Toyota Prius vehicle is put into the following vehicle conditions and the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is turned on, the brake hold operated indicator light blinks.

  • Conditions required for operation standby:
    1. The driver door is closed.
    2. The driver seat belt is fastened.

*2: Receive side ECU detects communication malfunction and may operate warning in multi-information display or indicator light.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB) (STEERING ANGLE SENSOR)

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Steering Angle Sensor / Utility / Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Vehicle Control History (RoB) Item

Code

Tester Display

Measurement Item

User Notification

Diagnostic Note

*: Receive side ECU detects communication malfunction and may operate warning in multi-information display or indicator light.

XF01B

ECU Security Key Not Registered

ECU security key has not been registered

*

  • Output ECU: Steering angle sensor

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB) (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM, ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM AND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR)

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Connect the GTS to the DLC3.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

(d) Turn the GTS on.

(e) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake Booster / Utility / Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake Booster > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

(f) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB).

*: Electric Parking Brake System

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

(g) Enter the following menus: Chassis / Steering Angle Sensor / Utility / Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

(h) Press the clear button.

NOTICE:

By performing this procedure, all stored Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB) items will be cleared.

VEHICLE CONTROL HISTORY (AIRBAG SYSTEM)

HINT:

A part of the control history can be confirmed using the vehicle control history.

Click here

Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit Intermittent (C00631F,C05201F)

DESCRIPTION

The airbag ECU assembly has a built-in yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives signals from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) via CAN communication.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C00631F

Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit Intermittent

When voltage at terminal BS is 9.5 to 17.4 V, sensor invalid information received from yaw rate sensor is ON continuously for 10 seconds or more.

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C05201F

Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A" Circuit Intermittent

When voltage at terminal BS is 9.5 to 17.4 V, sensor invalid information received from acceleration sensor is ON continuously for 10 seconds or more.

Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C051E
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When an invalid GL1 or GL2 signal from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is received, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is malfunctioning, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

10 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14D7: Acceleration sensor voltage circuit open

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

E. YGS1 (CAN Data)

Off

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

-

GS4S (CAN Data)

On

GS5S (CAN Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

GS4S (CAN Data)

Off

GS5S (CAN Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 10 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

2.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C00631F and C05201F are not output

A

C00631F or C05201F is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Bias Level Out of Range / Zero Adjustment Failure (C006328,C006396)

DESCRIPTION

The airbag ECU assembly has a built-in yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

These DTCs are stored when the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives an internal malfunction signal from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly).

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C006328

Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Bias Level Out of Range / Zero Adjustment Failure

With the Toyota Prius vehicle stationary, the yaw rate sensor output value is not 0°/s.

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C006396

Yaw Rate Sensor Component Internal Failure

With the BS terminal voltage between 9.5 and 17.4 V, a data malfunction signal is received from a yaw rate sensor.

Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Stuck In Range (C00632A,C05201C,C05202A,C052096)

DESCRIPTION

The airbag ECU assembly has a built-in yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

These DTCs are stored when the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives an internal malfunction signal from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly).

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives signals from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) via CAN communication.

HINT:

If there is a malfunction in the bus lines between the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) and the CAN communication system, DTC U012587 is output. When DTC U012587 is output together with C00632A, C05201C, C05202A and/or C052096, inspect and repair the trouble areas indicated by U012587 first.

DTCs may be stored if either of the following occurs:

  • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installation abnormality.
  • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) signal malfunction.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C00632A

Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Stuck In Range

A yaw rate sensor stuck malfunction status continues.

  • Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installation
  • Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C05201C

Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A" Circuit Voltage Out of Range

At a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, the difference between the forward and backward G calculated from the acceleration sensor value and that calculated from the vehicle speed sensor exceeds 0.35 G for 60 seconds or more.

  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installation
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C051C (Case 3)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C05202A

Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A" Signal Stuck In Range

Any of the following is detected:

  • The acceleration sensor output value does not change 16 times or more as the Toyota Prius vehicle speed drops from 30 km/h (19 mph) to 0 km/h (0 mph).
  • A GL1 stuck malfunction status continues.
  • A GL2 stuck malfunction status continues.
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installation
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C051C (Case 1 and 2)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C052096

Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A" Component Internal Failure

Either of the following is detected:

  • A signal indicating an acceleration sensor internal malfunction is received
  • Output values of GL1 and GL2 (front and rear, left and right) are outside permitted output range for 60 seconds or more.
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installation
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0520
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C051C (Case 1):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle stops after being driven and the output value of the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) does not change, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is stuck, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
C051C (Case 2):
  • When the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is stuck for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is stuck, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
C051C (Case 3):
  • When at a certain Toyota Prius vehicle speed or more, the difference between the longitudinal acceleration value output by the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) and the value calculated based on the vehicle speed differs by a certain value or more for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is abnormal, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
C0520 (Case 1 and 2):
  • When the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) output values for the longitudinal and lateral axes are outside of the possible output range for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is outside of the possible output range, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
C0520 (Case 3):
  • When a signal indicating that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has detected an internal malfunction during self-diagnosis is received, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has an internal malfunction, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Speed sensor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.16 seconds: C051C (Case 1)

60 seconds: C051C (Case 3) and C0520 (Case 1 and 2)

-: C051C (Case 2) and C0520 (Case 3)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C051C (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

D. Acceleration slip condition

Off

C051C (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C14D7: Acceleration sensor voltage circuit open

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C051C (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

30 km/h (18.64 mph) or more

D. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

E. GS4S (CAN Data)

Off

F. GS5S (CAN Data)

Off

G. Acceleration slip condition

Off

H. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

I. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

C0520 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C14D7: Acceleration sensor voltage circuit open

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

C. YGS1 (CAN Data)

Off

D. GS4S (CAN Data)

Off

E. GS5S (CAN Data)

Off

F. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C0520 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C14D7: Acceleration sensor voltage circuit open

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

C. YGS1 (CAN Data)

Off

D. GS5S (CAN Data)

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C0520 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C051C (Case 1)

When the Toyota Prius vehicle speed is decreasing from more than 30 km/h (18.64 mph) to 0 km/h (0 mph), change in the output value of the acceleration sensor

Less than 0.30400615 m/s2

C051C (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

GL1 sensor lock status

On

GL2 sensor lock status

On

C051C (Case 3)

Absolute value of (Difference Gx and acceleration estimated from wheel speed)

More than 3.4323275 m/s2

C0520 (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions A or B is met

More than 0.24 seconds

A. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Acceleration sensor acceleration1

29.41995 m/s2 or more

Acceleration sensor acceleration2

29.41995 m/s2 or more

B. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Acceleration sensor acceleration1

-29.41995 m/s2 or more

Acceleration sensor acceleration2

-29.41995 m/s2 or more

C0520 (Case 2)

Following condition is met

More than 0.996 seconds

Acceleration sensor acceleration2

29.41995 m/s2 or more, or -29.41995 m/s2 or less

C0520 (Case 3)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

GS1S (CAN Data)

On

GS2S (CAN Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C051C (Case 1)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Change in the output value of the acceleration sensor while driving the Toyota Prius vehicle

0.30400615 m/s2 or more

C051C (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Acceleration sensor internal check fail (C0520)

Not detected

GL1 sensor lock status

Off

GL2 sensor lock status

Off

Acceleration sensor output

Valid

C051C (Case 3)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

5 km/h (3.11 mph) or more

Absolute value of (Difference Gx and acceleration estimated from wheel speed)

3.4323275 m/s2 or less

C0520 (Case1 and 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

C. YGS1 (CAN Data)

Off

D. GS4S (CAN Data)

Off

E. GS5S (CAN Data)

Off

F. Test mode

Off

G. GX sensor lock

Off

H. GY sensor lock

Off

I. Acceleration sensor output

Valid

J. Following condition is met

More than 0.996 seconds

Acceleration sensor acceleration2

More than -7.84532 m/s2, and 7.84532 m/s2 less than

K. Either of the following conditions is met

More than 0.24 seconds

Acceleration sensor acceleration1

More than -7.84532 m/s2, and 7.84532 m/s2 less than

Acceleration sensor acceleration2

More than -7.84532 m/s2, and 7.84532 m/s2 less than

Absolute value of Gy

3.9226 m/s2 less than

C0520 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

YGS1 (CAN Data)

On

GS1S (CAN Data)

Off

GS2S (CAN Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph) or more for 60 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

(a) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has been installed properly.

HINT:

Click here

OK:

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is tightened to the specified torque.

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is not installed in a tilted position.

OK

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

NG

INSTALL AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY CORRECTLY

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery (C050012)

DESCRIPTION

The speed sensor detects wheel speed and sends the appropriate signals to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly). These signals are used for brake control.

Speed sensor rotors have rows of alternating N and S magnetic poles, and their magnetic fields change when the rotors turn.

Each speed sensor detects that magnetic change and sends a pulse signal to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050012

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery

The speed sensor short signal is ON continuously for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Front speed sensor LH
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0503
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the current or power supply voltage of the speed sensor. If the power supply voltage or output current is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C0503 (Case 2)

0.528 seconds: C0503 (Case 1)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

Case 2

Both of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Case 2

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Case 2

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

Premain

Finished

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A10 front speed sensor LH connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A10) Click Connector(A10)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A10-2 (FL ) - A10-1 (FL-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

NG

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A10) Click Connector(A10)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A10-1 (FL-) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A10,A4) Click Connector(A10) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A10-2 (FL ) or A4-22 (FL ) - A10-1 (FL-) or A4-21 (FL-)

Always

10 kΩ or higher

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C050014)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050014

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open

An open in the speed sensor signal circuit continues for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Front speed sensor LH
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0502
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensor. When the output current of the speed sensor is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.528 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

C. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.204 seconds

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Select the line graph display on the GTS.

Procedure1

(b) Check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FL Speed Open

Front speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Front speed sensor LH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FL Speed Open

FL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

OK:

Normal (There are no momentary interruptions.)

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A10 front speed sensor LH connector.

(d) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A10,A4) Click Connector(A10) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A10-2 (FL ) - A4-22 (FL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A10-2 (FL ) or A4-22 (FL ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A10-1 (FL-) - A4-21 (FL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A10-1 (FL-) or A4-21 (FL-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A10) Click Connector(A10)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A10-2 (FL ) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(d) None

OK

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent (C05001F)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05001F

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less, an open in the sensor signal circuit of a malfunctioning area occurs 255 times or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more, noise occurs in the sensor signals of a malfunctioning wheel 75 times or more within 5 seconds.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, noise occurs once per rotor rotation for 15 seconds or more.
  • Front speed sensor LH
  • Speed sensor installation
  • Front speed sensor rotor LH (front axle hub sub-assembly LH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0504
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output value of the speed sensors. When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven and a sudden irregular change in acceleration due to iron particles being attached to the speed sensor is detected repeatedly, or periodic sudden changes in acceleration due to iron particles being attached to the speed sensor rotor is detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that speed sensor noise is occurring and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

Also, when the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven and the output value of the speed sensor is momentarily interrupted repeatedly, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a momentary interruption in the speed sensor circuit and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

15 seconds: C0504 (Case 3)

0.255 seconds: C0504 (Case 1)

0.075 seconds: C0504 (Case 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

C. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. ABS control

Not operating

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

10 km/h (6.21 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor status changes from not moment open status to moment open status

Moment open status

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

15 km/h (9.32 mph) or more

Case 2

Both of the following conditions A and B are met

5 seconds or more

A. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

20 km/h (12.43 mph) or more

B. Normal piece of metal noise status

-

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more experience

Case 3

Adhesion of a piece of metal rotor (noise input at a rotor rotation)

1 time

Noise

98.0665 m/s2 or more

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 15 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FL WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FL Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FL Speed Open

Front speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FL Wheel Speed

FL Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

2.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH INSTALLATION

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor LH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the front speed sensor LH and front steering knuckle LH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

OK

3.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

(a) Remove the front speed sensor LH, and confirm that there is no foreign matter, oil or grease on the front speed sensor tip LH.

OK:

The front speed sensor tip LH is free of oil and foreign matter.

HINT:

If foreign matter of 1 mm (0.03937 in.) x 1 mm (0.03937 in.) or more is adhered to the front speed sensor LH, this DTC may be stored.

NG

GO TO STEP 7

OK

4.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

(a) Confirm that there is no foreign matter, oil or grease on the front speed sensor rotor LH.

OK:

The front speed sensor rotor LH is free of oil and foreign matter.

HINT:

  • If foreign matter of 1 mm (0.03937 in.) x 1 mm (0.03937 in.) or more is adhered to the front speed sensor rotor LH, this DTC may be stored.
  • The front speed sensor rotor LH is incorporated into the front axle hub sub-assembly LH.

    If the front speed sensor rotor LH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the front axle hub sub-assembly LH.

OK

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH AND FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

for Front Speed Sensor LH: Click here

for Front Speed Sensor Rotor LH: Click here

NG

5.

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

(a) Clean the front speed sensor rotor LH.

NOTICE:

Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the front speed sensor rotor LH.

NEXT

6.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FL WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FL Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FL Speed Open

Front speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FL Wheel Speed

FL Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

HINT:

The front speed sensor rotor LH is incorporated into the front axle hub sub-assembly LH.

If the front speed sensor rotor LH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the front axle hub sub-assembly LH.

OK

END

NG

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH AND FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

for Front Speed Sensor LH: Click here

for Front Speed Sensor Rotor LH: Click here

7.

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

(a) Clean the front speed sensor LH.

NOTICE:

When cleaning the front speed sensor LH, make sure to clean the installation hole before installation.

NEXT

8.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FL WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FL Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FL Speed Open

Front speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FL Wheel Speed

FL Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

OK

END

NG

GO TO STEP 4

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low (C050023)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050023

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output from one of the speed sensors is 0 km/h (0 mph) for 1 second or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both front speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both front speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • A vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 3 second or more.
  • Speed sensor installation
  • Wire harness and connector
  • Front speed sensor LH
  • Front speed sensor rotor LH (front axle hub sub-assembly LH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0501 (Case 1 to 3 and 5)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C0501 (Case 1 to 3):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, if the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is significantly lower than the values of the other speed sensors, or the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

    Also, when a wheel speed is being output (the wheel is not locked), if the output values of the speed sensors for 2 wheels are stuck at 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that a speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

C0501 (Case 5):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven at a certain speed or more, the rotational direction of 3 wheels is determined, and the rotational direction of 1 wheel is not determined for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 5): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (rotatory direction)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Stop light switch assembly

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1 second: C0501 (Case 3)

3 seconds: C0501 (Case 5)

30 seconds: C0501 (Case 1 and 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

G. The second lowest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second highest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

I. The second highest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051D: Acceleration sensor missing calibration

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C053D: Master cylinder pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit open

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C1240: Yaw rate and acceleration sensor incorrect

C124A: Identification signal

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 2 km/h (1.24 mph)

I. BM voltage

6 V or higher

Case 5

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

One-seventh of the second lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than the lowest speed sensor output value

Case 2

Second lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

Case 3

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

The lowest speed sensor value changes from less than 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) to 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

-

Case 5

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Direction of 3 wheels

Determined

Direction of 1 wheel

Undetermined

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1 to 3

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Wheel speed sensor fail (C0502, C0503, C0508, C0509, C050E, C050F, C0514, C0515)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor voltage circuit low fail (C14E1, C14E4, C14E7, C14EA)

Not detected

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

Case 5

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

Direction of 4 wheels

Determined

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 30 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH INSTALLATION

(a) Check the front speed sensor LH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the front speed sensor LH and front steering knuckle LH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

OK

2.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the front speed sensor LH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor tip LH.

OK:

The front speed sensor tip LH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the front speed sensor LH, clean the front speed sensor LH.
  • If the front speed sensor LH is damaged, replace the front speed sensor LH with a new one.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

CLEAN OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

OK

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FL WHEEL SPEED)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform a road test.

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor LH output value.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FL Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FL Wheel Speed

OK:

The output value changes in accordance with the Toyota Prius vehicle speed.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A10 front speed sensor LH connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A10,A4) Click Connector(A10) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A10-2 (FL ) - A4-22 (FL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A10-2 (FL ) or A4-22 (FL ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A10-1 (FL-) - A4-21 (FL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A10-1 (FL-) or A4-21 (FL-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the component with the front speed sensor rotor LH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor rotor LH.

OK:

The front speed sensor rotor LH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the front speed sensor rotor LH, clean the front speed sensor rotor LH.
  • Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the front speed sensor rotor LH.
  • If the front speed sensor rotor LH is damaged, replace the front speed sensor rotor LH with a new one.

HINT:

The front speed sensor rotor LH is incorporated into the front axle hub sub-assembly LH.

If the front speed sensor rotor LH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the front axle hub sub-assembly LH.

Result

Proceed to

OK

A

NG (The front speed sensor rotor LH is damaged.)

B

NG (There is foreign matter on the front speed sensor rotor LH.)

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

B

REPLACE FRONT AXLE HUB SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

C

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Has Too Many Pulses (C05003A,C05063A)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05003A

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Has Too Many Pulses

When not in Dealer Mode (Signal Check) or Inspection Mode, the output of the speed sensor detected by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is too high for 5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0501 (Case 4)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C05063A

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Has Too Many Pulses

When not in Dealer Mode (Signal Check) or Inspection Mode, the output of the speed sensor detected by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is too high for 5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0507 (Case 4)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensor. When the output value of the speed sensor is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

5 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C0501 (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C0507 (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C0501 (Case 4) and C0507 (Case 4)

Highest speed sensor output value

300 km/h (186.41 mph) or more

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C0501 (Case 4) and C0507 (Case 4)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

Difference highest speed sensor value and lowest speed sensor value

Less than 2 km/h (1.24 mph)

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 10 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure (C050062)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050062

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure

Any of the following is detected:

  • A lowest wheel speed is 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, the difference between the highest and lowest wheel speeds is 2 km/h (1 mph) or less, and the rotation direction of any one of the wheels is not detected for 15 seconds or more.
  • A Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 1 second or more.

Front speed sensor LH

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C050062 is output

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery (C050612)

DESCRIPTION

The speed sensor detects wheel speed and sends the appropriate signals to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly). These signals are used for brake control.

Speed sensor rotors have rows of alternating N and S magnetic poles, and their magnetic fields change when the rotors turn.

Each speed sensor detects that magnetic change and sends a pulse signal to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050612

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery

The speed sensor short signal is ON continuously for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Front speed sensor RH
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0509
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the current or power supply voltage of the speed sensor. If the power supply voltage or output current is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C0509 (Case 2)

0.528 seconds: C0509 (Case 1)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

Case 2

Both of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Case 2

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Case 2

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

Premain

Finished

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A9 front speed sensor RH connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A9) Click Connector(A9)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A9-2 (FR ) - A9-1 (FR-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

NG

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A9) Click Connector(A9)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A9-1 (FR-) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A9,A4) Click Connector(A9) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A9-2 (FR ) or A4-7 (FR ) - A9-1 (FR-) or A4-6 (FR-)

Always

10 kΩ or higher

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C050614)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050612.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050614

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open

An open in the speed sensor signal circuit continues for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Front speed sensor RH
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0508
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensor. When the output current of the speed sensor is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.528 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

C. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.204 seconds

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C050612.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Select the line graph display on the GTS.

Procedure1

(b) Check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FR Speed Open

Front speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

FR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Front speed sensor RH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FR Speed Open

FR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

OK:

Normal (There are no momentary interruptions.)

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A9 front speed sensor RH connector.

(d) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A9,A4) Click Connector(A9) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A9-2 (FR ) - A4-7 (FR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A9-2 (FR ) or A4-7 (FR ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A9-1 (FR-) - A4-6 (FR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A9-1 (FR-) or A4-6 (FR-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A9) Click Connector(A9)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A9-2 (FR ) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(d) None

OK

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent (C05061F)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050612.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05061F

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less, an open in the sensor signal circuit of a malfunctioning area occurs 255 times or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more, noise occurs in the sensor signals of a malfunctioning wheel 75 times or more within 5 seconds.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, noise occurs once per rotor rotation for 15 seconds or more.
  • Front speed sensor RH
  • Speed sensor installation
  • Front speed sensor rotor RH (front axle hub sub-assembly RH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C050A
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output value of the speed sensors. When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven and a sudden irregular change in acceleration due to iron particles being attached to the speed sensor is detected repeatedly, or periodic sudden changes in acceleration due to iron particles being attached to the speed sensor rotor is detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that speed sensor noise is occurring and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

Also, when the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven and the output value of the speed sensor is momentarily interrupted repeatedly, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a momentary interruption in the speed sensor circuit and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

15 seconds: C050A (Case 3)

0.255 seconds: C050A (Case 1)

0.075 seconds: C050A (Case 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

C. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. ABS control

Not operating

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

10 km/h (6.21 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor status changes from not moment open status to moment open status

Moment open status

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

15 km/h (9.32 mph) or more

Case 2

Both of the following conditions A and B are met

5 seconds or more

A. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

20 km/h (12.43 mph) or more

B. Normal piece of metal noise status

-

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more experience

Case 3

Adhesion of a piece of metal rotor (noise input at a rotor rotation)

1 time

Noise

98.0665 m/s2 or more

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 15 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FR Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FR Speed Open

Front speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FR Wheel Speed

FR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

2.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH INSTALLATION

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor RH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the front speed sensor RH and front steering knuckle RH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

OK

3.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

(a) Remove the front speed sensor RH, and confirm that there is no foreign matter, oil or grease on the front speed sensor tip RH.

OK:

The front speed sensor tip RH is free of oil and foreign matter.

HINT:

If foreign matter of 1 mm (0.03937 in.) x 1 mm (0.03937 in.) or more is adhered to the front speed sensor RH, this DTC may be stored.

NG

GO TO STEP 7

OK

4.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

(a) Confirm that there is no foreign matter, oil or grease on the front speed sensor rotor RH.

OK:

The front speed sensor rotor RH is free of oil and foreign matter.

HINT:

  • If foreign matter of 1 mm (0.03937 in.) x 1 mm (0.03937 in.) or more is adhered to the front speed sensor rotor RH, this DTC may be stored.
  • The front speed sensor rotor RH is incorporated into the front axle hub sub-assembly RH.

    If the front speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the front axle hub sub-assembly RH.

OK

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH AND FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

for Front Speed Sensor RH: Click here

for Front Speed Sensor Rotor RH: Click here

NG

5.

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

(a) Clean the front speed sensor rotor RH.

NOTICE:

Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the front speed sensor rotor RH.

NEXT

6.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FR Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FR Speed Open

Front speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FR Wheel Speed

FR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

HINT:

The front speed sensor rotor RH is incorporated into the front axle hub sub-assembly RH.

If the front speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the front axle hub sub-assembly RH.

OK

END

NG

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH AND FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

for Front Speed Sensor RH: Click here

for Front Speed Sensor Rotor RH: Click here

7.

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

(a) Clean the front speed sensor RH.

NOTICE:

When cleaning the front speed sensor RH, make sure to clean the installation hole before installation.

NEXT

8.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FR Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

FR Speed Open

Front speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FR Wheel Speed

FR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

OK

END

NG

GO TO STEP 4

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low (C050623)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050612.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050623

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output from one of the speed sensors is 0 km/h (0 mph) for 1 second or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both front speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both front speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • A vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 3 second or more.
  • Speed sensor installation
  • Wire harness and connector
  • Front speed sensor RH
  • Front speed sensor rotor RH (front axle hub sub-assembly RH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0507 (Case 1 to 3 and 5)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C0507 (Case 1 to 3):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, if the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is significantly lower than the values of the other speed sensors, or the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

    Also, when a wheel speed is being output (the wheel is not locked), if the output values of the speed sensors for 2 wheels are stuck at 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that a speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

C0507 (Case 5):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven at a certain speed or more, the rotational direction of 3 wheels is determined, and the rotational direction of 1 wheel is not determined for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 5): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (rotatory direction)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Stop light switch assembly

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1 second: C0507 (Case 3)

3 seconds: C0507 (Case 5)

30 seconds: C0507 (Case 1 and 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

G. The second lowest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second highest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

I. The second highest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051D: Acceleration sensor missing calibration

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C053D: Master cylinder pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit open

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C1240: Yaw rate and acceleration sensor incorrect

C124A: Identification signal

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 2 km/h (1.24 mph)

I. BM voltage

6 V or higher

Case 5

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

One-seventh of the second lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than the lowest speed sensor output value

Case 2

Second lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

Case 3

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

The lowest speed sensor value changes from less than 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) to 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

-

Case 5

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Direction of 3 wheels

Determined

Direction of 1 wheel

Undetermined

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1 to 3

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Wheel speed sensor fail (C0502, C0503, C0508, C0509, C050E, C050F, C0514, C0515)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor voltage circuit low fail (C14E1, C14E4, C14E7, C14EA)

Not detected

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

Case 5

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

Direction of 4 wheels

Determined

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 30 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C050612.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH INSTALLATION

(a) Check the front speed sensor RH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the front speed sensor RH and front steering knuckle RH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

OK

2.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the front speed sensor RH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor tip RH.

OK:

The front speed sensor tip RH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the front speed sensor RH, clean the front speed sensor RH.
  • If the front speed sensor RH is damaged, replace the front speed sensor RH with a new one.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

CLEAN OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

OK

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (FR WHEEL SPEED)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform a road test.

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor RH output value.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

FR Wheel Speed

Front wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

FR Wheel Speed

OK:

The output value changes in accordance with the Toyota Prius vehicle speed.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A9 front speed sensor RH connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A9,A4) Click Connector(A9) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A9-2 (FR ) - A4-7 (FR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A9-2 (FR ) or A4-7 (FR ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A9-1 (FR-) - A4-6 (FR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A9-1 (FR-) or A4-6 (FR-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the component with the front speed sensor rotor RH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the front speed sensor rotor RH.

OK:

The front speed sensor rotor RH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the front speed sensor rotor RH, clean the front speed sensor rotor RH.
  • Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the front speed sensor rotor RH.
  • If the front speed sensor rotor RH is damaged, replace the front speed sensor rotor RH with a new one.

HINT:

The front speed sensor rotor RH is incorporated into the front axle hub sub-assembly RH.

If the front speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the front axle hub sub-assembly RH.

Result

Proceed to

OK

A

NG (The front speed sensor rotor RH is damaged.)

B

NG (There is foreign matter on the front speed sensor rotor RH.)

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

B

REPLACE FRONT AXLE HUB SUB-ASSEMBLY RH

C

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure (C050662)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050612.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050662

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure

Any of the following is detected:

  • A lowest wheel speed is 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, the difference between the highest and lowest wheel speeds is 2 km/h (1 mph) or less, and the rotation direction of any one of the wheels is not detected for 15 seconds or more.
  • A Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 1 second or more.

Front Speed Sensor RH

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C050662 is output

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR RH

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery (C050C12)

DESCRIPTION

The speed sensor detects wheel speed and sends the appropriate signals to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly). These signals are used for brake control.

Speed sensor rotors have rows of alternating N and S magnetic poles, and their magnetic fields change when the rotors turn.

Each speed sensor detects that magnetic change and sends a pulse signal to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050C12

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery

The speed sensor short signal is ON continuously for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Rear speed sensor LH*1
  • Rear speed sensor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH)*2
  • Skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C050F
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the current or power supply voltage of the speed sensor. If the power supply voltage or output current is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C050F (Case 2)

0.528 seconds: C050F (Case 1)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

Case 2

Both of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Case 2

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Case 2

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

Premain

Finished

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

for 2WD for AWD

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the r4 rear speed sensor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r4) Click Connector(r4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-2 ( ) - r4-1 (-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

HINT:

The rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

If the rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

NG

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) - rR4-1 (RL-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire LH (No. 2 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

NG

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-1 (RL-) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire LH (No. 2 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR4,A4) Click Connector(rR4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) or A4-5 (RL ) - rR4-1 (RL-) or A4-4 (RL-)

Always

10 kΩ or higher

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

6.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the r4 rear speed sensor LH connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r4) Click Connector(r4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-1 ( ) - r4-2 (-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

NG

7.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) - rR4-1 (RL-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire LH (No. 2 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

NG

8.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-1 (RL-) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire LH (No. 2 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

9.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR4,A4) Click Connector(rR4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) or A4-5 (RL ) - rR4-1 (RL-) or A4-4 (RL-)

Always

10 kΩ or higher

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C050C14)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050C12.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050C14

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open

An open in the speed sensor signal circuit continues for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Rear speed sensor LH*1
  • Rear speed sensor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH)*2
  • Skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C050E
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensors. When the output current of the speed sensor is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.528 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

C. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.204 seconds

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C050C12.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Select the line graph display on the GTS.

Procedure1

(b) Check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RL Speed Open

Rear speed sensor LH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Rear speed sensor LH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RL Speed Open

RL Speed Sensor Voltage Open

OK:

Normal (There are no momentary interruptions.)

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

2.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

3.

INSPECT NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r4 and rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r4,rR4) Click Connector(r4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-2 ( ) - rR4-2 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-2 ( ) or rR4-2 (RL ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r4-1 (-) - rR4-1 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-1 (-) or rR4-1 (RL-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR4,A4) Click Connector(rR4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) - A4-5 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-2 (RL ) or A4-5 (RL ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR4-1 (RL-) - A4-4 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-1 (RL-) or A4-4 (RL-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Reconnect the rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r4) Click Connector(r4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-2 ( ) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

HINT:

The rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

If the rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

6.

INSPECT NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r4 and rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r4,rR4) Click Connector(r4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-1 ( ) - rR4-2 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-1 ( ) or rR4-2 (RL ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r4-2 (-) - rR4-1 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-2 (-) or rR4-1 (RL-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

7.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR4,A4) Click Connector(rR4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) - A4-5 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-2 (RL ) or A4-5 (RL ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR4-1 (RL-) - A4-4 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-1 (RL-) or A4-4 (RL-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

8.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Reconnect the rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r4) Click Connector(r4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-1 ( ) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low (C050C23)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050C12.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050C23

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output from one of the speed sensors is 0 km/h (0 mph) for 1 second or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both rear speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both rear speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • A vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 3 second or more.
  • Rear speed sensor LH*1
  • Rear speed sensor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH)*2
  • Rear speed sensor installation
  • Skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)
  • Wire harness and connector
  • Rear speed sensor rotor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C050D (Case 1 to 3 and 5)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C050D (Case 1 to 3):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, if the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is significantly lower than the values of the other speed sensors, or the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

    Also, when a wheel speed is being output (the wheel is not locked), if the output values of the speed sensors for 2 wheels are stuck at 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that a speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

C050D (Case 5):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven at a certain speed or more, the rotational direction of 3 wheels is determined, and the rotational direction of 1 wheel is not determined for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 5): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (rotatory direction)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Stop light switch assembly

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1 second: C050D (Case 3)

3 seconds: C050D (Case 5)

30 seconds: C050D (Case 1 and 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

G. The second lowest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second highest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

I. The second highest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051D: Acceleration sensor missing calibration

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C053D: Master cylinder pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit open

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C1240: Yaw rate and acceleration sensor incorrect

C124A: Identification signal

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 2 km/h (1.24 mph)

I. BM voltage

6 V or higher

Case 5

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

One-seventh of the second lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than the lowest speed sensor output value

Case 2

Second lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

Case 3

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

The lowest speed sensor value changes from less than 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) to 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

-

Case 5

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Direction of 3 wheels

Determined

Direction of 1 wheel

Undetermined

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1 to 3

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Wheel speed sensor fail (C0502, C0503, C0508, C0509, C050E, C050F, C0514, C0515)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor voltage circuit low fail (C14E1, C14E4, C14E7, C14EA)

Not detected

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

Case 5

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

Direction of 4 wheels

Determined

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 30 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C050C12.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

2.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR LH INSTALLATION

(a) Check the rear speed sensor LH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the rear speed sensor LH and the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor rotor LH and rear speed sensor LH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

If the rear speed sensor rotor LH needs to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH with rear speed sensor LH.

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

NG

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

OK

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RL WHEEL SPEED)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform a road test.

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH) output value.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RL Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RL Wheel Speed

OK:

The output value changes in accordance with the Toyota Prius vehicle speed.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

4.

INSPECT NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r4 and rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r4,rR4) Click Connector(r4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-2 ( ) - rR4-2 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-2 ( ) or rR4-2 (RL ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r4-1 (-) - rR4-1 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-1 (-) or rR4-1 (RL-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR4,A4) Click Connector(rR4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) - A4-5 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-2 (RL ) or A4-5 (RL ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR4-1 (RL-) - A4-4 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-1 (RL-) or A4-4 (RL-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

HINT:

The rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

If the rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

6.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR LH INSTALLATION

(a) Check the rear speed sensor LH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the rear speed sensor LH and the rear axle carrier LH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

OK

7.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR LH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the rear speed sensor LH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor tip LH.

OK:

The rear speed sensor tip LH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the rear speed sensor LH, clean the rear speed sensor LH.
  • If the rear speed sensor LH is damaged, replace the rear speed sensor LH with a new one.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

CLEAN OR REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

OK

8.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RL WHEEL SPEED)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform a road test.

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor LH output value.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RL Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor LH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RL Wheel Speed

OK:

The output value changes in accordance with the Toyota Prius vehicle speed.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

9.

INSPECT NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r4 and rR4 skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r4,rR4) Click Connector(r4) Click Connector(rR4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r4-1 ( ) - rR4-2 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-1 ( ) or rR4-2 (RL ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r4-2 (-) - rR4-1 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r4-2 (-) or rR4-1 (RL-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire LH (No. 2 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

10.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR4,A4) Click Connector(rR4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR4-2 (RL ) - A4-5 (RL )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-2 (RL ) or A4-5 (RL ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR4-1 (RL-) - A4-4 (RL-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR4-1 (RL-) or A4-4 (RL-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

11.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the component with the rear speed sensor rotor LH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor rotor LH.

OK:

The rear speed sensor rotor LH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the rear speed sensor rotor LH, clean the rear speed sensor rotor LH.
  • Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the rear speed sensor rotor LH.
  • If the rear speed sensor rotor LH is damaged, replace the rear speed sensor rotor LH with a new one.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor rotor LH is incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

If the rear speed sensor rotor LH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

Result

Proceed to

OK

A

NG (The rear speed sensor rotor LH is damaged.)

B

NG (There is foreign matter on the rear speed sensor rotor LH.)

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

B

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

C

CLEAN REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR LH

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Has Too Many Pulses (C050C3A,C05123A)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050C12.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050C3A

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Has Too Many Pulses

When not in Dealer Mode (Signal Check) or Inspection Mode, the output of the speed sensor detected by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is too high for 5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C050D (Case 4)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C05123A

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Has Too Many Pulses

When not in Dealer Mode (Signal Check) or Inspection Mode, the output of the speed sensor detected by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is too high for 5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0513 (Case 4)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C050D (Case 4) and C0513 (Case 4)
  • The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensor. When the output value of the speed sensor is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

5 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C050D (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C0513 (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

All

Highest speed sensor output value

300 km/h (186.41 mph) or more

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

Difference highest speed sensor value and lowest speed sensor value

Less than 2 km/h (1.24 mph)

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 10 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure (C050C62)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050C12.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C050C62

Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure

Any of the following is detected:

  • A lowest wheel speed is 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, the difference between the highest and lowest wheel speeds is 2 km/h (1 mph) or less, and the rotation direction of any one of the wheels is not detected for 15 seconds or more.
  • A Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 1 second or more.
  • Rear speed sensor LH*1
  • Rear speed sensor LH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH)*2

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C050C62 is output

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 4

A

3.

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY LH

HINT:

The rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

If the rear speed sensor LH and rear speed sensor rotor LH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly LH.

Click here

NEXT

END

4.

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR LH

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery (C051212)

DESCRIPTION

The speed sensor detects wheel speed and sends the appropriate signals to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly). These signals are used for brake control.

Speed sensor rotors have rows of alternating N and S magnetic poles, and their magnetic fields change when the rotors turn.

Each speed sensor detects that magnetic change and sends a pulse signal to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C051212

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery

The speed sensor short signal is ON continuously for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Rear speed sensor RH*1
  • Rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)*2
  • Skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0515
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the current or power supply voltage of the speed sensor. If the power supply voltage or output current is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C0515 (Case 2)

0.528 seconds: C0515 (Case 1)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

Case 2

Both of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Case 2

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Case 2

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

Off

Premain

Finished

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

for 2WD for AWD

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the r2 rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r2) Click Connector(r2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-2 ( ) - r2-1 (-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

HINT:

The rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

NG

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) - rR2-1 (RR-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire RH (No. 1 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

NG

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-1 (RR-) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire RH (No. 1 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR2,A4) Click Connector(rR2) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) or A4-20 (RR ) - rR2-1 (RR-) or A4-19 (RR-)

Always

10 kΩ or higher

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

6.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the r2 rear speed sensor RH connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r2) Click Connector(r2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-1 ( ) - r2-2 (-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

NG

7.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) - rR2-1 (RR-)

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire RH (No. 1 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

NG

8.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(rR2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-1 (RR-) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of wire harness connector

(to Skid Control Sensor Wire RH (No. 1 Parking Brake Wire Assembly))

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

9.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR2,A4) Click Connector(rR2) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) or A4-20 (RR ) - rR2-1 (RR-) or A4-19 (RR-)

Always

10 kΩ or higher

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C051214)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C051212.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C051214

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open

An open in the speed sensor signal circuit continues for 0.5 seconds or more.

  • Rear speed sensor RH*1
  • Rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)*2
  • Skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0514
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensor. When the output current of the speed sensor is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.528 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

C. Command to wheel speed sensor power supply

On

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.204 seconds

Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Wheel speed sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C051212.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Select the line graph display on the GTS.

Procedure1

(b) Check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

RR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

Rear speed sensor RH voltage open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Speed Open

RR Speed Sensor Voltage Open

OK:

Normal (There are no momentary interruptions.)

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

2.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

3.

INSPECT NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r2 and rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r2,rR2) Click Connector(r2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-2 ( ) - rR2-2 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-2 ( ) or rR2-2 (RR ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r2-1 (-) - rR2-1 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-1 (-) or rR2-1 (RR-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR2,A4) Click Connector(rR2) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) - A4-20 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-2 (RR ) or A4-20 (RR ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR2-1 (RR-) - A4-19 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-1 (RR-) or A4-19 (RR-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Reconnect the rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r2) Click Connector(r2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-2 ( ) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

HINT:

The rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

6.

INSPECT NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r2 and rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r2,rR2) Click Connector(r2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-1 ( ) - rR2-2 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-1 ( ) or rR2-2 (RR ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r2-2 (-) - rR2-1 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-2 (-) or rR2-1 (RR-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

7.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR2,A4) Click Connector(rR2) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) - A4-20 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-2 (RR ) or A4-20 (RR ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR2-1 (RR-) - A4-19 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-1 (RR-) or A4-19 (RR-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

8.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Reconnect the rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(r2) Click Connector(r2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-1 ( ) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent (C05121F)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C051212.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05121F

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less, an open in the sensor signal circuit of a malfunctioning area occurs 255 times or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more, noise occurs in the sensor signals of a malfunctioning wheel 75 times or more within 5 seconds.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, noise occurs once per rotor rotation for 15 seconds or more.
  • Rear speed sensor RH*1
  • Rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)*2
  • Rear speed sensor installation
  • Rear speed sensor rotor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0516
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output value of the speed sensors. When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven and a sudden irregular change in acceleration due to iron particles being attached to the speed sensor is detected repeatedly, or periodic sudden changes in acceleration due to iron particles being attached to the speed sensor rotor is detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that speed sensor noise is occurring and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

Also, when the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven and the output value of the speed sensor is momentarily interrupted repeatedly, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a momentary interruption in the speed sensor circuit and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

15 seconds: C0516 (Case 3)

0.255 seconds: C0516 (Case 1)

0.075 seconds: C0516 (Case 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

C. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. ABS control

Not operating

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

10 km/h (6.21 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor status changes from not moment open status to moment open status

Moment open status

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

15 km/h (9.32 mph) or more

Case 2

Both of the following conditions A and B are met

5 seconds or more

A. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

20 km/h (12.43 mph) or more

B. Normal piece of metal noise status

-

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more experience

Case 3

Adhesion of a piece of metal rotor (noise input at a rotor rotation)

1 time

Noise

98.0665 m/s2 or more

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 15 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 3

A

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Wheel Speed

RR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Wheel Speed

RR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

4.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR RH INSTALLATION

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor RH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the rear speed sensor RH and the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

OK

5.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

(a) Remove the rear speed sensor RH, and confirm that there is no foreign matter, oil or grease on the rear speed sensor tip RH.

OK:

The rear speed sensor tip RH is free of oil and foreign matter.

HINT:

If foreign matter of 1 mm (0.03937 in.) x 1 mm (0.03937 in.) or more is adhered to the rear speed sensor RH, this DTC may be stored.

NG

GO TO STEP 9

OK

6.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

(a) Confirm that there is no foreign matter, oil or grease on the rear speed sensor rotor RH.

OK:

The rear speed sensor rotor RH is free of oil and foreign matter.

HINT:

  • If foreign matter of 1 mm (0.03937 in.) x 1 mm (0.03937 in.) or more is adhered to the rear speed sensor rotor RH, this DTC may be stored.
  • The rear speed sensor rotor RH is incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

    If the rear speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

OK

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH AND REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

for Rear Speed Sensor RH: Click here

for Rear Speed Sensor Rotor RH: Click here

NG

7.

CLEAN REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

(a) Clean the rear speed sensor rotor RH.

NOTICE:

Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the rear speed sensor rotor RH.

NEXT

8.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Wheel Speed

RR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor rotor RH is incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

OK

END

NG

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH AND REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

for Rear Speed Sensor RH: Click here

for Rear Speed Sensor Rotor RH: Click here

9.

CLEAN REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

(a) Clean the rear speed sensor RH.

NOTICE:

When cleaning the rear speed sensor RH, make sure to clean the installation hole before installation.

NEXT

10.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RR WHEEL SPEED AND MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) While monitoring the values of the Data List, perform a road test and attempt to reproduce the problem symptoms based on the interview with the customer and the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions stored as Freeze Frame Data when the DTC was stored.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

RR Speed Open

Rear speed sensor RH open detection

Normal / Under intermittent

Normal: Normal

Under intermittent: Momentary interruption

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Wheel Speed

RR Speed Open

OK:

The values change in accordance with the operation of the Toyota Prius vehicle and there is no intermittent operation.

NOTICE:

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

OK

END

NG

GO TO STEP 6

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low (C051223)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C051212.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C051223

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Stuck Low

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output voltage from one of the speed sensors is less than that from the other sensors for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, output from one of the speed sensors is 0 km/h (0 mph) for 1 second or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both rear speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 15 seconds or more.*2
  • When the BS terminal voltage is 17.4 V or less at a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, outputs from both rear speed sensors are 0 km/h (0 mph) for 30 seconds or more.*1
  • A vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 3 second or more.
  • Rear speed sensor RH*1
  • Rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)*2
  • Rear speed sensor installation
  • Skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)
  • Wire harness and connector
  • Rear speed sensor rotor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0513 (Case 1 to 3 and 5)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C0513 (Case 1 to 3):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, if the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is significantly lower than the values of the other speed sensors, or the value of the speed sensor which is outputting the lowest vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

    Also, when a wheel speed is being output (the wheel is not locked), if the output values of the speed sensors for 2 wheels are stuck at 0 km/h (0 mph), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that a speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

C0513 (Case 5):
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven at a certain speed or more, the rotational direction of 3 wheels is determined, and the rotational direction of 1 wheel is not determined for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the speed sensor is malfunctioning and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 5): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (rotatory direction)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Stop light switch assembly

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1 second: C0513 (Case 3)

3 seconds: C0513 (Case 5)

30 seconds: C0513 (Case 1 and 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

G. The second lowest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second highest speed sensor output value

Less than 20% of the highest speed sensor output value

I. The second highest speed sensor output value

60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C051C (Case 1): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor lock)

C051C (Case 2): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (GL1, GL2 lock)

C051C (Case 3): Acceleration sensor range/Performance (acceleration sensor output)

C051D: Acceleration sensor missing calibration

C051E: Acceleration sensor intermittent/erratic

C0520 (Case 1): Acceleration sensor (GL1, GL2) out of range

C0520 (Case 2): Acceleration sensor GL2 out of range

C0520 (Case 3): Acceleration sensor internal check

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C053D: Master cylinder pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit open

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C1240: Yaw rate and acceleration sensor incorrect

C124A: Identification signal

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

D. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

F. Brake pedal operation

Off

G. Parking brake

Off

H. Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the second lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 2 km/h (1.24 mph)

I. BM voltage

6 V or higher

Case 5

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0504 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0504 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0504 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050A (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C050A (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C050A (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0516 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0516 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0516 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

One-seventh of the second lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than the lowest speed sensor output value

Case 2

Second lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

Case 3

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Lowest speed sensor output value

0 km/h (0 mph)

The lowest speed sensor value changes from less than 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) to 60 Hz 2 km/h (1.24 mph) or more

-

Case 5

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Direction of 3 wheels

Determined

Direction of 1 wheel

Undetermined

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1 to 3

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Wheel speed sensor fail (C0502, C0503, C0508, C0509, C050E, C050F, C0514, C0515)

Not detected

Wheel speed sensor voltage circuit low fail (C14E1, C14E4, C14E7, C14EA)

Not detected

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

Case 5

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

Difference between the highest speed sensor output value and the lowest speed sensor output value

Less than 10% of the highest speed sensor output value

Lowest speed sensor output value

Higher than 30 km/h (18.64 mph)

Direction of 4 wheels

Determined

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 30 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C051212.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

2.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR RH INSTALLATION

(a) Check the rear speed sensor RH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the rear speed sensor RH and the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor rotor RH and rear speed sensor RH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH with rear speed sensor RH.

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

NG

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

OK

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RR WHEEL SPEED)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform a road test.

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH) output value.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Wheel Speed

OK:

The output value changes in accordance with the Toyota Prius vehicle speed.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

4.

INSPECT NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r2 and rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r2,rR2) Click Connector(r2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-2 ( ) - rR2-2 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-2 ( ) or rR2-2 (RR ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r2-1 (-) - rR2-1 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-1 (-) or rR2-1 (RR-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR2,A4) Click Connector(rR2) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) - A4-20 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-2 (RR ) or A4-20 (RR ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR2-1 (RR-) - A4-19 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-1 (RR-) or A4-19 (RR-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

HINT:

The rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

6.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR RH INSTALLATION

(a) Check the rear speed sensor RH installation.

OK:

There is no clearance between the rear speed sensor RH and the rear axle carrier RH.

The installation bolt is tightened properly.

*a

Correct

*b

Incorrect

NG

REINSTALL OR REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

OK

7.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the rear speed sensor RH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor tip RH.

OK:

The rear speed sensor tip RH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the rear speed sensor RH, clean the rear speed sensor RH.
  • If the rear speed sensor RH is damaged, replace the rear speed sensor RH with a new one.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

CLEAN OR REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

OK

8.

READ VALUE USING GTS (RR WHEEL SPEED)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform a road test.

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor RH output value.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

RR Wheel Speed

Rear wheel speed sensor RH reading

Min.: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

Max.: 6553.5 km/h (4072 mph)

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0.0 km/h (0 mph)

When driving at constant speed: No large fluctuations

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

RR Wheel Speed

OK:

The output value changes in accordance with the Toyota Prius vehicle speed.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

9.

INSPECT NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the r2 and rR2 skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(r2,rR2) Click Connector(r2) Click Connector(rR2)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

r2-1 ( ) - rR2-2 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-1 ( ) or rR2-2 (RR ) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

r2-2 (-) - rR2-1 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

r2-2 (-) or rR2-1 (RR-) - Body ground and other terminals

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Front view of skid control sensor wire RH (No. 1 parking brake wire assembly)

*b

to Sensor Side Connector

*c

to Toyota Prius Vehicle Side Connector

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPLACE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY

OK

10.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE WIRE ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(rR2,A4) Click Connector(rR2) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

rR2-2 (RR ) - A4-20 (RR )

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-2(RR ) or A4-20 (RR ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

rR2-1 (RR-) - A4-19 (RR-)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

rR2-1 (RR-) or A4-19 (RR-) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

11.

CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH (CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATTER)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Remove the component with the rear speed sensor rotor RH.

HINT:

Click here

Procedure1

(b) Check the rear speed sensor rotor RH.

OK:

The rear speed sensor rotor RH is free of scratches, oil, and foreign matter.

NOTICE:

  • If there is oil or foreign matter on the rear speed sensor rotor RH, clean the rear speed sensor rotor RH.
  • Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the rear speed sensor rotor RH.
  • If the rear speed sensor rotor RH is damaged, replace the rear speed sensor rotor RH with a new one.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor rotor RH is incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor rotor RH needs to be replaced, replace it together with the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

Result

Proceed to

OK

A

NG (The rear speed sensor rotor RH is damaged.)

B

NG (There is foreign matter on the rear speed sensor rotor RH.)

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

B

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

C

CLEAN REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR RH

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure (C051262)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C051212.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C051262

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Compare Failure

Any of the following is detected:

  • A lowest wheel speed is 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, the difference between the highest and lowest wheel speeds is 2 km/h (1 mph) or less, and the rotation direction of any one of the wheels is not detected for 15 seconds or more.
  • A Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 mph) or more and the rotation direction of one of the wheels is different from those of other 3 wheels as well as it is not detected for 1 second or more.
  • Rear speed sensor RH*1
  • Rear speed sensor RH (rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH)*2

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

  • *1: for AWD
  • *2: for 2WD

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C051262 is output

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 4

A

3.

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

If the rear speed sensor RH and rear speed sensor rotor RH need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly RH.

Click here

NEXT

END

4.

REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR RH

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A" (C051D00)

DESCRIPTION

The airbag ECU assembly has a built-in yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives signals from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) via CAN communication.

HINT:

If there is a malfunction in the bus lines between the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) and the CAN communication system, DTC U012587 is output. When DTC U012587 is output together with C051D00, inspect and repair the trouble areas indicated by U012587 first.

This DTC is also output when the calibration has not been completed.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C051D00

Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A"

When the Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, the acceleration sensor zero point is not calibrated.

  • Acceleration sensor zero point not calibrated
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installation
  • Acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C051D
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the acceleration sensor zero point calibration for successful completion. When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, if the acceleration sensor 1 or acceleration sensor 2 zero point range is outside the normal range, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the acceleration sensor zero point calibration is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C051D: Acceleration sensor missing calibration

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

-

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C051D (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Dealer mode

Off

B. Command to acceleration sensor zero position learning

Off

C. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph) or more

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C051D (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Zero position learning

Completed

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C051D (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Zero position learning

Completed

B. Last zero position learning

Not completed

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C051D (Case 1)

Zero position learning

Not complete

C051D (Case 2 and 3)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Absolute value of GL1 sensor memorized zero position

0.9022118 m/s2 or higher

Absolute value of GL2 sensor memorized zero position

0.9022118 m/s2 or higher

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

All of the following conditions are met

-

Absolute value of GL1 sensor zero position

Less than 0.9022118 m/s2

Absolute value of GL2 sensor zero position

Less than 0.9022118 m/s2

Absolute value of GL1 sensor memorized zero position

Less than 0.9022118 m/s2

Absolute value of GL2 sensor memorized zero position

Less than 0.9022118 m/s2

Zero position learning

Completed

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.85 mph) or more for 5 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CLEAR ZERO POINT VALUE FOR YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Clear the zero point value for the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Reset Memory

NEXT

2.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

NEXT

3.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

4.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C051D00 is not output

A

C051D00 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

5.

CHECK AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has been installed properly.

HINT:

Click here

OK:

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is tightened to the specified torque.

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is not installed in a tilted position.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

INSTALL AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

OK

6.

READ VALUE USING GTS (ACCELERATION SENSOR)

(a) Check the acceleration sensor output value displayed on the GTS.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Lateral G

Lateral G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

Turning right: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

Turning left: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During turning: Changes in proportion with lateral acceleration

Forward and Rearward G

Forward and rearward G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

During deceleration: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During acceleration/deceleration: Changes in proportion with acceleration

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Lateral G

Forward and Rearward G

OK:

The acceleration sensor output value is normal.

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

Steering Angle Sensor Module Signal Stuck In Range (C05262A)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives signals from the steering angle sensor via CAN communication.

HINT:

When a malfunction occurs in the communication line to the steering angle sensor, U012687 is output.

If a DTC related to the CAN communication line is output, first troubleshoot the CAN communication line.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05262A

Steering Angle Sensor Module Signal Stuck In Range

Normal communication between the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) and the steering angle sensor and abnormal steering angle sensor zero point.

  • Steering angle sensor
  • Wire harness and connector

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Check if CAN communication system DTCs are output.

HINT:

Click here

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

A

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY).

(b) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 35 km/h (22 mph) and turn the steering wheel to the right and left.

Procedure1

(c) Check that no speed sensor and/or yaw rate sensor DTCs are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • If a speed sensor, or the yaw rate sensor is malfunctioning, DTCs for the steering angle sensor may be stored even though the steering angle sensor is normal.
  • If speed sensor and yaw rate sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, repair these malfunctions and then inspect the steering angle sensor.

Result

Proceed to

DTC C05262A is output.

A

Speed sensor and/or yaw rate sensor DTCs are output.

B

Post-procedure1

(d) None

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGR TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the K72 steering angle sensor connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(K72) Click Connector(K72)

Tester Connection

Switch Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K72-9 (IGR) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BAT TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(K72) Click Connector(K72)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K72-4 (BAT) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

6.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ESS TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(K72) Click Connector(K72)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K72-6 (ESS) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

OK

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Steering Angle Sensor Module Component Internal Failure (C052696)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) outputs this DTC when it receives an internal malfunction signal from the steering angle sensor.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C052696

Steering Angle Sensor Module Component Internal Failure

With the BS terminal voltage 9.5 to 17.4 V, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives an error signal from the steering angle sensor.

Steering angle sensor

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

ABS Pump Motor Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C052C14,C052C16,C052C17,C052C49,C052F14)

DESCRIPTION

The motor relay and motor fail-safe relay are built into the brake actuator assembly.

When the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) operates ABS, TRAC, VSC, or brake assist, etc., the motor relay turns ON and drives the pump motor built into the brake actuator assembly.

If any DTCs related to motor supply power are stored, fail-safe is performed and supply of power to the motor relay is cut by the motor fail-safe relay.

If the voltage supplied to the motor relay (BM terminal) is below the DTC detection threshold due to low voltage from the auxiliary battery or DC/DC converter circuit, these DTCs may be stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C052C14

ABS Pump Motor Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open

When the voltage at terminal BS is between 9.5 and 17.4 V and the motor is being driven at full power, an abnormal voltage is detected for 0.12 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C052E (Case 6 to 8)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C052C16

ABS Pump Motor Control Circuit Voltage Below Threshold

When the voltage at terminal BS is between 9.5 and 17.4 V and the motor is stopped, the detected motor voltage is excessively low for 2 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C052E (Case 1 to 5)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C052C17

ABS Pump Motor Control Circuit Voltage Above Threshold

When the voltage at terminal BS is between 9.5 and 17.4 V and the motor is stopped, the detected motor voltage is excessively high for 2 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C052D
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C052C49

ABS Pump Motor Control Internal Electronic Failure

Either of the following is detected:

  • When the voltage at terminal BS is between 9.5 and 17.4 V, overcurrent is detected in the motor circuit for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • When the voltage at terminal BS is between 9.5 and 17.4 V, an abnormal voltage is detected in the motor relay gate for 0.12 seconds or more.
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C052B
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C052F14

ABS Pump Motor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open

When voltage at BS terminal is 9.5 V or more, open in BM terminal continues for 1 second or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C052B (Case 1)
  • If any of the following conditions are met for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the gate voltage is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
    • The command to reverse battery protection MOS monitor is on and the reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data) monitor is on.
    • The motor relay overcurrent signal monitor is off, freewheeling MOS overcurrent signal monitor is off and the motor relay gate voltage malfunction monitor is on.
C052B (Case 2)
  • When there is a command to turn off the motor relay, motor fail-safe relay, reverse battery protection MOS and freewheeling MOS, and any of the following conditions are met, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the gate voltage is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
    • The motor relay gate voltage malfunction monitor is on.
    • The reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction monitor is on.
    • The freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction monitor is on.
C052B (Case 3)
  • When there is a command to turn off the motor relay, motor fail-safe relay and reverse battery protection MOS, command to turn on the freewheeling MOS, and the freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction monitor is ON, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the gate voltage is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C052B (Case 4)
  • When there is a command to turn off the freewheeling MOS, motor fail-safe relay and reverse battery protection MOS, command to turn on the motor relay, and the motor relay gate voltage malfunction monitor is ON, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the gate voltage is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C052B (Case 5)
  • When there is a command to turn off the motor relay, motor fail-safe relay and freewheeling MOS, command to turn on the reverse battery protection MOS, and the reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction monitor is ON, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the gate voltage is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C052B (Case 6 and 7), C052D and C052E
  • When the voltage upstream or downstream of the motor is outside of the specified range, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the gate voltage is abnormal or the motor circuit is malfunctioning, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C052B (Case 8)
  • When this is no history of motor power supply voltage drop, there is a command to turn on the MROC, MRSUV, and overcurrent is detected in the motor circuit, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is overcurrent, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C052B (Case 9)
  • When the freewheeling MOS overcurrent signal is ON, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.12 seconds: C052B (Case 3 to 5), C052D (Case 5) and C052E (Case 3 to 6)

0.054 seconds: C052B (Case 8 and 9)

2 seconds: C052D (Case 2)

2.004 seconds: C052E (Case 2)

4 seconds: C052E (Case 1)

4.002 seconds: C052B (Case 6 and 7) and C052D (Case 3 to 4)

-: C052B (Case 1 and 2) and C052D (Case 1)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C052B (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. BM voltage

6 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

E. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 3) and C052E (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

On

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 4) and C052E (Case 6)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

On

G. Motor duty output order value

100%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 5) and C052E (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

On

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 6)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. BM voltage

6 V or higher

D. Motor relay input signal permission

On

E. Command to motor relay

On

F. Motor duty output order value

100%

G. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

H. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

I. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

J. ASIC output permission

Off

K. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

L. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

M. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 7)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

On

G. Motor duty output order value

100%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052B (Case 8)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Command to motor relay

On

D. History of motor power supply voltage drop

Off

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. BM voltage

6 V or higher

C052B (Case 9)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

-

BM voltage

6 V or higher

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052D (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Command to motor relay

On

D. Motor stop status

On

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. BM voltage

6 V or higher

C052D (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Command to motor relay

Off

D. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

E. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. BM voltage

6 V or higher

C052D (Case 3 to 5)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052E (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data).

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Motor stop status

On

D. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

E. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. BM voltage

6 V or higher

C052E (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

K. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

L. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C052E (Case 5)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Command to motor relay

On

D. Motor duty output order value

100%

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. BM voltage

6 V or higher

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C052B (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.12 seconds

Command to reverse battery protection MOS

On

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

B. All of the following conditions are met

More than 0.12 seconds

Motor relay overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Freewheeling MOS overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Motor duty output order value

100%

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.12 seconds

Either of the following conditions is met

After On/Off checking of motor relay, freewheeling MOS, reverse battery protection MOS and motor failsafe relay

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

Freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 4.002 seconds

Either of the following conditions is met

Before On/Off checking of motor relay, freewheeling MOS, reverse battery protection MOS and motor failsafe relay

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

Freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 3)

Freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 4)

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 5)

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 6) and C052D (Case 3)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

MT voltage

3 V or less, or 6.5 V or higher

MTDIF voltage

-1 V or less, or 6.5 V or higher

C052B (Case 7), C052D (Case 4 and 5)

MT voltage

3 V or less, or 6.5 V or higher

C052B (Case 8)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

MROC (IC Data)

On

MRSUV (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 9)

Freewheeling MOS overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

C052D (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 4 seconds

MT voltage

6.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 4 seconds

MTDIF voltage

6.5 V or higher

C052D (Case 2)

MT voltage

3 V or higher

C052E (Case 1)

MT voltage

3 V or higher, and 6.5 V or less

C052E (Case 2 to 4)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

MT voltage

Higher than 3 V

MTDIF voltage

-1 V or less, or 6.5 V or higher

C052E (Case 5)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

BM voltage - MT voltage

Higher than 1.5 V

MTDIF voltage

Below 3 V

C052E (Case 6)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

MT voltage

Below BM voltage - 1.5 V

MTDIF voltage

-1 V or less, or 6.5 V or higher

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C052B (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. BM voltage

6 V or higher

B. Premain

Finished

C. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

D. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Command to reverse battery protection MOS

On

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

E. All of the following conditions are met

-

Motor relay overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Freewheeling MOS overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Motor duty output order value

100%

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

On

C052B (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O and Q

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. SCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

P. Following condition is met

More than 0.12 seconds

All of the following conditions are met

After On/Off checking of motor relay, freewheeling MOS, reverse battery protection MOS and motor failsafe relay

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

Freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

Q. Following condition is met

More than 0.12 seconds

All of the following conditions are met

Before On/Off checking of motor relay, freewheeling MOS, reverse battery protection MOS and motor failsafe relay

Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

Freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

C052B (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O and P

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

On

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

P. Freewheeling MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

C052B (Case 4)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O and P

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

On

G. Motor duty output order value

100%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

P. Motor relay gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

C052B (Case 5)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O and P

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

On

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

P. Reverse battery protection MOS gate voltage malfunction (IC Data)

Off

C052B (Case 6)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. BM voltage

6 V or higher

D. Motor relay input signal permission

On

E. Command to motor relay

On

F. Motor duty output order value

100%

G. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

H. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

I. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

J. ASIC output permission

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

P. MT voltage

Higher than 3 V, and below 6.5 V

Q. MTDIF voltage

Higher than -1 V, and below 6.5 V

C052B (Case 7)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O and P

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

On

G. Motor duty output order value

100%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

P. MT voltage

Higher than 3 V, and below 6.5 V

C052B (Case 8)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or higher

C. Command to motor relay

On

D. MROC (IC Data)

Off

E. MRSUV (IC Data)

Off

C052B (Case 9)

All of the following conditions are met

-

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Premain

Finished

ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

Freewheeling MOS overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

C052D (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or higher

C. Command to motor relay

On

D. Motor stop status

On

E. Following condition is met

More than 4 seconds

MT voltage

Below 3 V

F. Following condition is met

More than 4 seconds

MTDIF voltage

Below 3 V

C052D (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or higher

C. Command to motor relay

Off

D. MT voltage

Higher than 3 V

C052D (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052E)

Not detected

O. ABS pump motor performance fail (gate voltage) (C052B)

Not detected

P. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Q. MT voltage

Higher than 3 V, and below 6.5 V

R. MTDIF voltage

Higher than -1 V, and below 6.5 V

C052D (Case 4 and 5)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052E)

Not detected

O. ABS pump motor performance fail (gate voltage) (C052B)

Not detected

P. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Q. MT voltage

Higher than 3 V, and below 6.5 V

C052E (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and D

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Motor stop status

On

D. MT voltage

Below 3 V

C052E (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

Off

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. ABS pump motor performance fail (gate voltage) (C052B)

Not detected

P. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Q. MT voltage

3 V or higher

R. MTDIF voltage

Higher than -1 V, and below 6.5 V

C052E (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

On

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O. ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

P. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Q. MT voltage

3 V or higher

R. MTDIF voltage

Higher than -1 V, and below 6.5 V

C052E (Case 4)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

Off

G. Motor duty output order value

0%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

On

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O ABS pump motor performance fail (gate voltage) (C052B)

Not detected

P. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Q. MT voltage

3 V or higher

R. MTDIF voltage

Higher than -1 V, and below 6.5 V

C052E (Case 5)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Command to motor relay

On

D. Motor duty output order value

100%

E. BM voltage - MT voltage

1.5 V or less

F. MTDIF voltage

3 V or higher

C052E (Case 6)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. Motor relay input signal permission

On

F. Command to motor relay

On

G. Motor duty output order value

100%

H. Command to reverse battery protection MOS

Off

I. Command to freewheeling MOS

Off

J. Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

K. Premain

Finished

L. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

M. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

N. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

O ABS pump motor performance fail (gate voltage) (C052B)

Not detected

P. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

Q. MT voltage

BM - 1.5 V or higher

R. MTDIF voltage

Higher than -1 V, and below 6.5 V

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 5 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BM TERMINAL)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-46 (BM) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GND2 TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-30 (GND2) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

4.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • If a speed signal of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more is sent to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) with the ignition switch turned to ON and the stop light switch assembly off, the ECU performs self-diagnosis of the motor circuit.
  • If the normal system code is output (no DTCs are output), slightly jiggle the connectors, wire harness, and fuses of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).
  • If any DTCs are output while jiggling a connector or wire harness of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), inspect and repair the connector or wire harness.
  • If no DTCs were output when reconfirming DTCs, checking for intermittent problems is necessary because it is suspected that the original DTCs were stored due to the poor connection of a connector terminal.

Result

Proceed to

C052C14, C052C16, C052C17, C052C49 and C052F14 are not output

A

C052C14, C052C16, C052C17, C052C49 or C052F14 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Circuit Voltage Below Threshold (C054016,...,C122D17)

DESCRIPTION

HINT:

Brake pressure sensor "A": Master cylinder pressure sensor

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C054016

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Circuit Voltage Below Threshold

Master cylinder pressure value is below -0.744 MPa (-7.6 kgf/cm2, -107 psi) for 5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C053D (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C05401F

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Circuit Intermittent

Fluctuation of the sensor signal exceeds the threshold (15 MPa (153.0 kgf/cm2, 2175 psi) or more from the previous value) for 0.1 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C056B
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C054029

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Signal Invalid

Data from the sensor is invalid for 0.2 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0540 (Case 3)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C054031

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" No Signal

Communication with the sensor is invalid for 0.1 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0540 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C054096

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Component Internal Failure

A malfunction is detected by self-diagnosis function of the sensor.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0540 (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C122D16

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold

The supplied voltage to the sensor is less than a certain value for 1 second or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C122E
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C122D17

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold

The supplied voltage to the sensor is a certain value or more for 1 second or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C122F
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C053D (Case 2):
  • When no abnormal pressure value is output and the master cylinder pressure sensor output is less than a certain value, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the master cylinder pressure sensor zero point is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C0540 (Case 1):
  • When an invalid serial communication signal is detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that communication is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
C0540 (Case 2):
  • When the pressure or temperature of a master cylinder pressure sensor exceeds a certain value, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the internal data is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
C0540 (Case 3):
  • When the master cylinder pressure sensor data is invalid, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the sensor is invalid, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C056B:
  • When the master cylinder pressure sensor is normal, the difference between the previous value and current value exceeds a certain value, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is sensor noise, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C122E:
  • When the supply voltage of the master cylinder pressure sensor is a certain value or less, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the power supply voltage of sensor is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C122F:
  • If any of the following conditions are met for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the power supply voltage of sensor is excessively high, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.
    • The power supply voltage of the master cylinder pressure sensor is more than a certain value.
    • The temperature of the master cylinder pressure sensor is more than a certain value.
    • The supply current of the master cylinder pressure sensor is more than a certain value.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C053D (Case 2): Master cylinder pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.084 seconds: C0540 (Case 1)

0.096 seconds: C0540 (Case 2) and C056B

0.198 seconds: C0540 (Case 3)

1 second: C122E and C122F

5 seconds: C053D (Case 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C053D (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C0540 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C0540 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C0540 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

B. Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Master cylinder pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Master cylinder pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C056B

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C122E

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

B. Master cylinder pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Master cylinder pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

D. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C122F

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply output

On

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C053D (Case 2)

Master cylinder pressure sensor

Higher than 1.764 MPa (18.0 kgf/cm2, 256 psi)

C0540 (Case 1)

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Invalid

C0540 (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Master cylinder pressure sensor value

Higher than 23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi)

Master cylinder pressure sensor temp value

Higher than 150°C (302°F)

C0540 (Case 3)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Invalid

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Invalid

Absolute value of the change in master cylinder pressure sensor value during 6millisec

Higher than 15 MPa (153.0 kgf/cm2, 2175 psi)

Master cylinder pressure sensor temp value

Higher than 150°C (302°F)

Master cylinder pressure sensor value

Higher than 23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi)

C056B

Absolute value of the change in master cylinder pressure sensor value during 6millisec

Higher than 15 MPa (153.0 kgf/cm2, 2175 psi)

C122E

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

On

C122F

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

On

Master cylinder pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Master cylinder pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C053D (Case 2)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Pressure sensor fail (C0540,C122E,C122F,C056B)

Not detected

Master cylinder pressure sensor

-0.744 MPa (-7.6 kgf/cm2, -107 psi) or higher

C0540 (Case 1)

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Valid

C0540 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor value

23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi) or less

Master cylinder pressure sensor temp value

150°C (302°F) or less

C0540 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

B. Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Master cylinder pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Master cylinder pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data

Off

F. All of the following conditions are met

More than 0.024 seconds

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Valid

Absolute value of the change in master cylinder pressure sensor value during 6millisec

15 MPa (153.0 kgf/cm2, 2175 psi) or less

Master cylinder pressure sensor temp value

150°C (302°F) or less

Master cylinder pressure sensor value

23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi) or less

C056B

All of the following conditions are met

-

Communication with master cylinder pressure sensor

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

Absolute value of the change in Master cylinder pressure sensor value during 6millisec

15 MPa (153.0 kgf/cm2, 2175 psi) or less

C122E

All of the following conditions are met

-

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

C122F

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply

Valid

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Master cylinder pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) for 1 minute. [*1]
  7. Operate the ABS using a drum tester or equivalent. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Circuit Voltage Above Threshold (C054017)

DESCRIPTION

HINT:

Brake pressure sensor "A": Master cylinder pressure sensor

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C054017

Brake Pressure Sensor "A" Circuit Voltage Above Threshold

When the brake pedal is not depressed, master cylinder pressure continuously exceeds 1.764 MPa (18.0 kgf/cm2, 256 psi) for 5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C053D (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the value of the master cylinder pressure sensor is more than a certain value for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the master cylinder pressure sensor zero point is abnormal, and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C053D (Case 1): Master cylinder pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

5 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor lost communication

C0540 (Case 2): Pressure sensor internal check

C0540 (Case 3): Pressure sensor invalid data

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C122E: Pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

Either of the following conditions is met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Up / downstream communication

Valid

Zero point error permission

On

B. All of the following conditions are met

-

Up / downstream communication

Invalid

Brake position sensor circuit effective invalidity

Valid

Brake actuator operation

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Master cylinder pressure sensor

Higher than 1.764 MPa (18.0 kgf/cm2, 256 psi)

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Pressure sensor fail (C0540, C122E, C122F, C056B)

Not detected

B. Brake pedal position sensor fail (C1103, P057A, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

C. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Up / downstream communication

Valid

Zero point error permission

On

b. All of the following conditions are met

-

Up / downstream communication

Invalid

Brake position sensor circuit effective invalidity

Valid

Brake actuator operation

Off

D. Master cylinder pressure sensor

1.764 MPa (18.0 kgf/cm2, 256 psi) or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) for 1 minute. [*1]
  7. Operate the ABS using a drum tester or equivalent. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (MASTER CYLINDER SENSOR 1)

(a) Check that the master cylinder pressure sensor output value is within -1.00 to 0.00 MPa when the brake pedal is not depressed.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Master Cylinder Sensor 1

Master cylinder pressure sensor pressure (value detected by ECU)

Min.: -1.00 MPa

Max.: 23.99 MPa

Brake pedal released: -1.00 to 0.00 MPa

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Master Cylinder Sensor 1

Result

Proceed to

The value of Master Cylinder Sensor 1 is between -1.00 and 0.00 MPa

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

A

3.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

4.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C054017 is not output

A

C054017 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Incorrect Component Installed (C055595)

DESCRIPTION

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C055595

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Incorrect Component Installed

History of front speed sensor LH being installed incorrectly

Front speed sensor LH

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0555
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output of the speed sensor. When the wrong installation of the speed sensor is detected, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

5 times

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

B. Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

E. Wheel speed sensor pulse

Exist

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Wheel speed sensor overcurrent state (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I

A. Wheel speed sensor open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

B. Wheel speed sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

E. Wheel speed sensor pulse

Exist

F. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0502, C0503, C0508, C0509, C050E, C050F, C0514, C0515, C14E1, C14E4, C14E7, C14EA)

Not detected

G. Wheel speed sensor range/performance (pulse output high) fail (C0501, C0507, C050D, C0513)

Not detected

H. Speed sensor output value

10 km/h (6.21 mph) or more

I. Wheel speed sensor overcurrent state (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more for 10 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK PART NUMBER (FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH)

(a) Check that the front speed sensor LH is installed.

OK:

Proper front speed sensor LH is installed.

NOTICE:

If it is necessary to remove components in order to check the front speed sensor LH, follow the relevant installation and removal procedures and precautions for those components.

NG

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

OK

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C055595 is not output

A

C055595 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR LH

Brake System Control Module "A" Internal Electronic Failure (C059749,C12F662,C12F762,C13BF62)

DESCRIPTION

The solenoid relay and solenoid valves are built into the brake actuator assembly.

The solenoid valves control the brake fluid pressure at each wheel cylinder.

When these DTCs are stored, the fail-safe function operates and the solenoid relay is turned off to prevent the solenoid valves from operating.

HINT:

  • Brake pressure control solenoid "A": Solenoid SM1
  • Brake pressure control solenoid "B": Solenoid SM2

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C059749

Brake System Control Module "A" Internal Electronic Failure

When the BS terminal voltage is from 9.5 to 17.4 V and the solenoid relay is ON, the relay contact is ON and the pump motor is in a low voltage state continuously for 0.1 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C0597
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12F662

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid / Right Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Signal Compare Failure

A difference in holding solenoid (SFLH) and holding solenoid (SFRH) output accuracy continues for 0.2 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12F6
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12F762

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid / Right Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Signal Compare Failure

A difference in holding solenoid (SRLH) and holding solenoid (SRRH) output accuracy continues for 0.2 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12F7
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C13BF62

Brake Pressure Control Solenoid "A" / "B" Signal Compare Failure

A difference in master cylinder cut solenoid (SM1) and master cylinder cut solenoid (SM2) output accuracy continues for 0.2 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C13BF
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C0597:
  • The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the solenoid circuit and when an abnormal monitor value is detected, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C12F6, C12F7 and C13BF:
  • The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the drive voltage and current of the ABS holding solenoid and master cylinder cut solenoid. Based on the monitored information, if any of the following abnormal conditions are detected, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
    • A difference in output accuracy of the ABS holding solenoid (SFLH) and ABS holding solenoid (SFRH) is detected.
    • A difference in output accuracy of the ABS holding solenoid (SRLH) and ABS holding solenoid (SRRH) is detected.
    • A difference in output accuracy of the Master cylinder cut solenoid (SM1) and master cylinder cut solenoid (SM2) is detected.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0597 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid circuit stuck

C0597 (Case 2 to 5): ABS hold solenoid performance

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.012 seconds: C0597 (Case 2 and 5)

0.054 seconds: C0597 (Case 3 and 4)

0.102 seconds: C0597 (Case 1)

0.198 seconds: C12F6, C12F7 and C13BF

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C0597 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C0597 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Command to solenoid relay

Off

D. ASIC output permission

Off

E. AST voltage

Higher than 1.3 V

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C0597 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Command to solenoid relay

On

D. ASIC output permission

Off

E. Solenoid current output order value

0.16 A

F. AST voltage

6 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C0597 (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Command to solenoid relay

On

D. ASIC output permission

Off

E. Solenoid current output order value

0.16 A

F. Command to NC solenoid

On

G. AST voltage

6 V or higher

H. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

I. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C0597 (Case 5)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to solenoid relay

Off

ASIC output permission

Off

ASIC QA answer

NG answer

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12F6 and C12F7

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.12 seconds

Absolute value of the change in solenoid target current value during 0.018 seconds

Below 0.022 A

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.12 seconds

Absolute value of the change in reference solenoid target current value during 0.018 seconds

Below 0.022 A

F. Solenoid target current value

Reference solenoid target current value

G. Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher, and 1 A or less

H. Reference solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher, and 1 A or less

I. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

J. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

K. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C13BF

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.24 seconds

Absolute value of the change in SM1 solenoid target current value during 0.018 seconds

Below 0.022 A

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.24 seconds

Absolute value of the change in SM2 solenoid target current value during 0.018 seconds

Below 0.022 A

F. SM1 solenoid target current value

SM2 solenoid target current value

G. SM1 solenoid target current value

0.348 A or higher, and 0.568 A or less

H. SM2 solenoid target current value

0.348 A or higher, and 0.568 A or less

I. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

J. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

K. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C0597 (Case 1)

Charge pump low voltage detection signal (IC Data)

On

C0597 (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

ASIC ERRIN malfunction

Not detected

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid freewheeling terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C0597 (Case 3 and 4)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid current

0.1 A or more

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid freewheeling terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

On

C0597 (Case 5)

ASIC_Q&A malfunction (IC Data)

Not detected

C12F6

Divide SFRH current monitor value by SFLH current monitor value

More than 2.08, or less than 0.48

C12F7

Divide SRRH current monitor value by SRLH current monitor value

More than 2.08, or less than 0.48

C13BF

Divide SM1 current monitor value by SM2 current monitor value

More than 2.08, or less than 0.48

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C0597 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

D. Charge pump low voltage detection signal (IC Data)

Off

C0597 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Command to solenoid relay

Off

D. ASIC output permission

Off

E. AST voltage

Higher than 1.3 V

F. Premain

Finished

G. BM voltage

6 V or higher

H. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

I. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

J. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

K. ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

L. ASIC ERRIN malfunction

Detected

M. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

N. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

O. Solenoid freewheeling terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

P. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Q. Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

R. Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

On

C0597 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Command to solenoid relay

On

D. ASIC output permission

Off

E. Solenoid current output order value

0.16 A

F. AST voltage

6 V or higher

G. Premain

Finished

H. BM voltage

6 V or higher

I. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

J. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

K. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

L. ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

M. Solenoid current

Below 0.1 A

N. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

L. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

O. Solenoid freewheeling terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

P. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Q. Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

R. Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C0597 (Case 4)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R and S

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Command to solenoid relay

On

D. ASIC output permission

Off

E. Solenoid current output order value

0.16 A

F. Command to NC solenoid

On

G. AST voltage

6 V or higher

H. Premain

Finished

I. BM voltage

6 V or higher

J. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

K. Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

L. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

M. ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

N. Solenoid current

Below 0.1 A

L. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

O. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

P. Solenoid freewheeling terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

Q. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

R. Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

S. Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C0597 (Case 5)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to solenoid relay

Off

ASIC output permission

Off

ASIC QA answer

NG answer

Premain

Finished

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

ASIC Q&A malfunction (IC Data)

Detected

C12F6

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Divide SFRH current monitor value by SFLH current monitor value

2.08 or more, and 0.48 or less

C12F7

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Divide SRRH current monitor value by SRLH current monitor value

2.08 or more, and 0.48 or less

C13BF

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Divide SM1 current monitor value by SM2 current monitor value

2.08 or more, and 0.48 or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) for 1 minute. [*1]
  7. Operate the ABS using a drum tester or equivalent. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" Malfunction (C05A100,...,C14C017)

DESCRIPTION

If the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) detects an internal sensor (stroke simulator pressure sensor or servo pressure sensor) malfunction during self-diagnosis, DTCs are stored.

HINT:

  • Brake pressure sensor "E": Servo pressure sensor
  • Brake pressure sensor "H": Stroke simulator pressure sensor

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05A100

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" Malfunction

Data from the sensor is invalid for 0.2 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C05A1 (Case 3)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C05A11F

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" Circuit Intermittent

Fluctuation of the sensor signal exceeds the threshold (7.5 MPa (76.5 kgf/cm2, 1088 psi) or more from the previous value) for 0.1 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C14C4
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C05A131

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" No Signal

Communication with the sensor is invalid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C05A1 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C05A196

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" Component Internal Failure

Sensor self-diagnosis function reports an abnormal value for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C05A1 (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C063900

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Malfunction

Data from the sensor is invalid for 0.2 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C0639 (Case 3)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C06391F

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Circuit Intermittent

Fluctuation of the sensor signal exceeds the threshold (7.5 MPa (76.5 kgf/cm2, 1088 psi) or more from the previous value) for 0.1 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C1168
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C063931

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" No Signal

Communication with the sensor is invalid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C0639 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C063996

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Component Internal Failure

Sensor self-diagnosis function reports an abnormal value for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C0639 (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C116916

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold

The supplied voltage to the sensor is less than a certain value for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C116A
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C116917

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold

The supplied voltage to the sensor is a certain value or more for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C116B
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C14C016

Servo Pressure Sensor Power Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold

The supplied voltage to the sensor is less than a certain value for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C1498
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

C14C017

Servo Pressure Sensor Power Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold

The supplied voltage to the sensor is a certain value or more for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C1499
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

C05A1 (Case 1) and C0639 (Case 1):
  • When an invalid serial communication signal is detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that communication is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC.
C05A1 (Case 2) and C0639 (Case 2):
  • When the pressure or temperature of a brake fluid pressure sensor exceeds a certain value, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the internal data is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC. When an invalid serial communication signal is detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that communication is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC.
C05A1 (Case 3) and C0639 (Case 3):
  • When the master cylinder pressure sensor data is invalid, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C1168 and C14C4:
  • When the difference between the previous value and current value of each brake fluid pressure sensor is excessively large, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the sensor output is invalid, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C116A and C1498:
  • When the master cylinder pressure sensor voltage is a certain value or less, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
C116B and C1499:
  • When the supply voltage of the master cylinder pressure sensor is a certain value or more, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal malfunction

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Brake actuator assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Brake actuator assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C05A1 (Case 1 and 2), C0639 (Case 1 and 2), C116A, C116B, C1498, and C1499

0.096 seconds: C1168 and C14C4

0.198 seconds: C05A1 (Case 3) and C0639 (Case 3)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C05A1 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C05A1 (Case 2) and C14C4

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Communication with servo pressure sensor

Valid

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C05A1 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C0639 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C0639 (Case 2) and C1168

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor lost communication

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Communication with pgap sensor

Valid

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

C0639 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor lost communication

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C116A

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

C116B and C1499

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

-

C1498

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C05A1 (Case 1)

Communication with psrv sensor

Invalid

C05A1 (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Servo pressure sensor value

Higher than 23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi)

Servo pressure sensor temp value

Higher than 438°C (820°F)

C05A1 (Case 3) and C0639 (Case 3)

Either of the following conditions is met

More than 0.009 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

On

Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

Communication with servo pressure sensor

Invalid

Absolute value of the change in servo pressure sensor value during 3millisec

Higher than 7.5 MPa (76.5 kgf/cm2, 1088 psi)

Servo pressure sensor temp value

Higher than 438°C (820°F)

Servo pressure sensor value

Higher than 23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi)

C0639 (Case 1)

Communication with stroke simulator pressure sensor

Invalid

C0639 (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Stroke simulator pressure sensor value

Higher than 23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi)

Stroke simulator pressure sensor temp value

Higher than 438°C (820°F)

C1168 and C14C4

Absolute value of the change in servo pressure sensor value during 3millisec

Higher than 7.5 MPa (76.5 kgf/cm2, 1088 psi)

C116A and C1498

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

On

C116B and C1499

Either of the following conditions is met

More than 0.012 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

On

Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C05A1 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Communication with servo pressure sensor

Valid

C05A1 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Communication with servo pressure sensor

Valid

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Servo pressure sensor value

23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi) or less

H. Servo pressure sensor temp value

438°C (820°F) or less

C05A1 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

D. All of the following conditions are met

More than 0.012 seconds

Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

Servo pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Servo pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

Communication with servo pressure sensor

Valid

Absolute value of the change in servo pressure sensor value during 3millisec

7.5 MPa (76.5 kgf/cm2, 1088 psi) or less

Servo pressure sensor temp value

438°C (820°F) or less

Servo pressure sensor value

23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi) or less

C0639 (Case 1 and 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D. E and F

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Communication with stroke simulator pressure sensor

Valid

C0639 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Communication with pgap sensor

Valid

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Stroke simulator pressure sensor value

23.328 MPa (237.9 kgf/cm2, 3383 psi) or less

H. Stroke simulator pressure sensor temp value

438°C (820°F) or less

C1168 and C14C4

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Communication with pgap sensor

Valid

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Absolute value of the change in servo pressure sensor value during 3millisec

7.5 MPa (76.5 kgf/cm2, 1088 psi) or less

C116A, C116B, C1498 and C1499

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply

On

B. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage high signal (IC Data)

Off

C. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

D. Stroke simulator pressure sensor overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

E. Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage low signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 5 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" Signal Bias Level Out of Range / Zero Adjustment Failure (C05A128)

DESCRIPTION

The servo pressure sensor detects and transmits the servo pressure adjusted by the regulator to the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) in accordance with the vehicle condition.

HINT:

Brake pressure sensor "E": Servo pressure sensor

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05A128

Brake Pressure Sensor "E" Signal Bias Level Out of Range / Zero Adjustment Failure

When the brake pedal is not depressed, the servo pressure sensor output value is -0.63 MPa (-6.4 kgf/cm2, -91.4 psi) or less or 1.53 MPa (15.6 kgf/cm2, 222 psi) or more for 3 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C05A2
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the brake pedal is not operated and the servo pressure sensor output value exceeds a specific value, or the value is less than a specific value for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the zero point of the servo pressure sensor is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C05A2: Servo pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Stop light switch assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

3 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal check

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C063C: Stroke simulator pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C116C: Brake position / stroke simulator pressure correlation

C116D: Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) stuck on

C121F: Brake system voltage performance

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 1): Brake booster motor not rotate

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C14CE: Brake fluid air bleeding not complete

C14F3 (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit open

C14F3 (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit low

C14F4 (Case 1) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 2) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (Circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 3 to 6) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (Circuit high (IC data)

C14F4 (Case 7 to 8) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (Solenoid ON current)

C14FC (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit open

C14FC (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit low

C14FD (Case 1) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C14FD (Case 2) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (Circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C14FD (Case 3 to 6) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (Circuit high (IC data)

C14FD (Case 7 to 8) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (Solenoid ON current)

C1509 (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit open

C1509 (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit low

C1510 (Case 1) Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C1510 (Case 2) Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high (Circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C1510 (Case 3 to 6) Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high (Circuit high (IC data)

C1510 (Case 7 to 8) Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high (Solenoid ON current)

C150A (Case 1) Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C150A (Case 2) Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high (Circuit high (Solenoid OFF current)

C150A (Case 3 to 6) Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high (Circuit high (IC data)

C150A (Case 7 to 8) Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high (Solenoid ON current)

C150F (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit open

C150F (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit low

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Servo pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake position sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Servo pressure sensor

Below -0.63 MPa (-6.4 kgf/cm2, -91.4 psi), or higher than 1.53 MPa (15.6 kgf/cm2, 222 psi)

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Servo pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake position sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake

Off

Brake pedal position sensor fail (C05C0, C05C1, C1100, C1103, P057A, P057C, P057D, P057E, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

Pressure sensor fail (C05A1, C1498, C1499, C14C4, C116A, C116B, C0639, C063C, C1168)

Not detected

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Servo pressure sensor

-0.63 MPa (-6.4 kgf/cm2, -91.4 psi) or higher, and 1.53 MPa (15.6 kgf/cm2, 222 psi) or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 3 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (SERVO PRESSURE)

(a) Check that the servo pressure sensor output value is within 0.00 to 1.53 MPa when the brake pedal not depressed.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Servo Pressure

Pressure value of servo

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Servo Pressure

HINT:

If the servo pressure sensor output value is within 0.00 to 1.53 MPa, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) automatically performs zero point calibration every time the ignition switch is turned to ON.

Therefore, if the servo pressure sensor output value is not within 0.00 to 1.53 MPa, replace the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) with a new one.

Result

Proceed to

The value of Servo Pressure is between 0.00 and 1.53 MPa

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

A

3.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

4.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

Even if the DTC is cleared, it will immediately be output again if the servo pressure sensor zero point malfunction remains.

Result

Proceed to

C05A128 is not output

A

C05A128 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" (C05C000)

DESCRIPTION

When the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) judges that the zero point calibration of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly is incomplete, this DTC is stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C05C000

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A"

When the Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, a valid brake pedal stroke sensor zero point is not memorized.

  • Valid brake pedal stroke sensor assembly zero point not memorized.

    (Calibration not performed or not completed)

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C05C0
  • Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

HINT:

During Dealer Mode, related DTCs are cleared (except SAE code).

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

If brake pedal stroke sensor assembly zero point calibration is not performed after any of the following procedures are performed and the Toyota Prius vehicle is driven at a certain speed or more, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) judges that learning has not been completed, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

  • The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) has been replaced with a new one.
  • After the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly, brake pedal, brake booster with master cylinder assembly, brake actuator assembly or yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has been removed and installed or replaced, the zero point is cleared.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

-

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Brake pedal position sensor 1: Zero position learning value

Not stored

Brake pedal position sensor 2: Zero position learning value

Not stored

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Brake pedal position sensor 1: Zero position learning value

Stored

Brake pedal position sensor 2: Zero position learning value

Stored

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (25 mph) or more for 1 minute. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

CLEAR ZERO POINT VALUE FOR BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

(a) Clear the zero point value for the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Reset Memory

NEXT

3.

PERFORM BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY ZERO POINT CALIBRATION

(a) Perform brake pedal stroke sensor assembly zero point calibration.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

NEXT

4.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

5.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C05C000 is output

A

DTCs are not output

B

C05C000 and other DTCs are output

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

B

END

C

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

6.

RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

7.

INSPECT BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY (SENSOR OUTPUT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A5) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A5-4 (VCSK) -A5-5 (SKG)

Ignition switch ON

4.84 to 5.16 V

V

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Signal Bias Level Out of Range / Zero Adjustment Failure (C063928)

DESCRIPTION

The stroke simulator pressure sensor detects the oil pressure occurring in the stroke simulator in response to brake pedal operation, and inputs it to the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

HINT:

Brake pressure sensor "H": Stroke simulator pressure sensor

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C063928

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" Signal Bias Level Out of Range / Zero Adjustment Failure

When not braking, the stroke simulator pressure sensor output value is less than -0.63 MPa (-6.4 kgf/cm2, -91.4 psi) or more than 1.53 MPa (15.6 kgf/cm2, 222 psi) for 3 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C063C
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the brake pedal is not operated and the value of the stroke simulator pressure sensor exceeds a specific value, or the value is less than a specific value for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the zero point of the stroke simulator pressure sensor is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C063C: Stroke simulator pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Stop light switch assembly

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

3 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C05A2: Servo pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor Lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal check

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C116C: Brake position / stroke simulator pressure correlation

C116D: Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) stuck on

C121F: Brake system voltage performance

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 1): Brake booster motor not rotate

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C13D9: Brake pressure too low

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C14CE: High pressure hydraulic tube air bleeding not complete

C14F3 (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit open

C14F3 (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit low

C14F4 (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (IC data)

C14F4 (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C14FC (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit open

C14FC (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit low

C14FD (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14FD (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (IC data)

C14FD (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C1509: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit low

C150A: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high

C150F: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit low

C1510: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake position sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Stroke simulator pressure sensor

Below -0.63 MPa (-6.4 kgf/cm2, -91.4 psi), or higher than 1.53 MPa (15.6 kgf/cm2, 222 psi)

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake position sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake

Off

Brake pedal position sensor fail (C05C0, C05C1, C1100, C1103, P057A, P057C, P057D, P057E, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C12FA, C12FB)

Not detected

Pressure sensor fail sensor fail (C116A, C116B, C0639, C1168)

Not detected

CAN communication (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor

0.63 MPa (-6.4 kgf/cm2, -91.4 psi) or higher, and 1.53 MPa (15.6 kgf/cm2, 222 psi) or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure."

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 3 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (GAP HOLD CHAMBER OIL PRESSURE)

(a) Check that the gap hold chamber oil pressure output value is within 0.00 to 1.53 MPa when the brake pedal not depressed.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

Pressure value of stroke simulator

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

HINT:

If the gap hold chamber oil pressure output value is within 0.00 to 1.53 MPa, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) automatically performs zero point calibration every time the ignition switch is turned to ON.

Therefore, if the gap hold chamber oil pressure output value is not within 0.00 to 1.53 MPa, replace the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) with a new one.

Result

Proceed to

The value of Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure is between 0.00 and 1.53 MPa

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

A

3.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

4.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C063928 is not output

A

C063928 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Ignition Switch On/Start Position Malfunction (C102000)

DESCRIPTION

If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) power source voltage drops, or there is insufficient voltage to operate the main relay, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) will store these DTCs.

If the auxiliary battery voltage is temporarily low, these DTCs may be stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C102000

Ignition Switch On/Start Position Malfunction

When the IGP status signal received from the hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU is ON and power is not supplied to the IGR terminal (less than 2.8 V) for 4 seconds or more.

  • Open or short in IGR circuit
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

A

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGR TERMINAL)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Switch Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-30 (IGR) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Malfunction (C110000)

DESCRIPTION

The brake pedal stroke sensor assembly sends a signal about the pedal stroke to the skid control ECU.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C110000

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Malfunction

When the voltage at terminal BI1 is 7.3 V or more, the value of brake pedal stroke sensor 1 is invalid for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C1100 (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) detects that the value of brake pedal stroke sensor 1 is invalid, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.198 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/ erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions a, b, c, d or e is met

More than 0.018 seconds

a, Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

Below 4.8 V, or higher than 5.2 V

b. VCSK

Invalid

c. Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

Below 0.06

d. Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

Higher than 0.94

e. All of the following conditions are met

-

Absolute value of the change in (SKS1/VSK1) during 6millisec

More than 0.0848

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

VCSK

Valid

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

VCSK

Valid

B. All of the following conditions a, b and c are met

Higher than 0.024 seconds

a. Following condition is met

Higher than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

0.06 or higher

b. Following condition is met

Higher than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

0.94 or higher

c. Absolute value of the change in (SKS1/VSK1) during 6millisec

0.0848 or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Fully depress the brake pedal. [*1]
  7. Wait for 1 second or more. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(c) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A5) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-29 (SKS1) - A5-6 (SKS1)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-29 (SKS1) or A5-6 (SKS1) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Malfunction (C110000)

DESCRIPTION

The brake pedal stroke sensor assembly sends a signal about the pedal stroke to the skid control ECU.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C110000

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Malfunction

When the voltage at terminal BI1 is 7.3 V or more, the value of brake pedal stroke sensor 1 is invalid for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C1100 (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) detects that the value of brake pedal stroke sensor 1 is invalid, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.198 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/ erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions a, b, c, d or e is met

More than 0.018 seconds

a, Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

Below 4.8 V, or higher than 5.2 V

b. VCSK

Invalid

c. Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

Below 0.06

d. Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

Higher than 0.94

e. All of the following conditions are met

-

Absolute value of the change in (SKS1/VSK1) during 6millisec

More than 0.0848

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

VCSK

Valid

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

VCSK

Valid

B. All of the following conditions a, b and c are met

Higher than 0.024 seconds

a. Following condition is met

Higher than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

0.06 or higher

b. Following condition is met

Higher than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

0.94 or higher

c. Absolute value of the change in (SKS1/VSK1) during 6millisec

0.0848 or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Fully depress the brake pedal. [*1]
  7. Wait for 1 second or more. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(c) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A5) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-29 (SKS1) - A5-6 (SKS1)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-29 (SKS1) or A5-6 (SKS1) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Out of Range (C11001C)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C11001C

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Out of Range

The sensor supply voltage (VCSK) is 4.7 V or less, or 5.3 V or more for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C1100 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the power supply voltage of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly. When the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly power supply voltage is outside of the normal range, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the power supply is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.198 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. VCSK

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Brake pedal position sensor power supply

Below 4.8 V, or higher than 5.2 V

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. VCSK

Valid

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 1 second or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A5) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-27 (SKG1) - A5-5 (SKG)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-27 (SKG1) or A5-5 (SKG) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A3-28 (VSK1) - A5-4 (VCSK)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-28 (VSK1) or A5-4 (VCSK) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

INSPECT BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY (SENSOR OUTPUT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A5) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A5-4 (VCSK) - A5-5 (SKG)

Ignition switch ON

4.84 to 5.16 V

V

Post-procedure1

(d) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "B" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Out of Range (C11031C)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C11031C

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "B" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Out of Range

The sensor supply voltage (VSK2) is 4.7 V or less, or 5.3 V or more for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C1103 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the power supply voltage of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly. When the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly power supply voltage is outside of the normal range, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the power supply is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.198 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

B. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

D. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Brake pedal position sensor2 power supply

Below 4.8 V, or higher than 5.2 V

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

8.5 V or higher

B. Brake pedal position sensor2 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 1 second or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4,A5) Click Connector(A4) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-26 (SKG2) - A5-3 (SKG2)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A4-26 (SKG2) or A5-3 (SKG2) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A4-25 (VSK2) - A5-2 (VSK2)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A4-25 (VSK2) or A5-2 (VSK2) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

INSPECT BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (SENSOR OUTPUT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A5) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A5-2 (VSK2) - A5-3 (SKG2)

Ignition switch ON

4.84 to 5.16 V

V

Post-procedure1

(d) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" / Brake Pedal Position Sensor Signal Compare Failure (C116C62)

DESCRIPTION

If the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) detects an inconsistency between the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly signal and stroke simulator pressure sensor signal, this DTC is stored.

HINT:

Brake pressure sensor "H": Stroke simulator pressure sensor

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C116C62

Brake Pressure Sensor "H" / Brake Pedal Position Sensor Signal Compare Failure

The difference between brake pedal stroke sensor assembly output value and stroke simulator pressure sensor output value is above the threshold for a certain period of time.

  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C116C
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the ratio of output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly and stroke simulator pressure sensor. When in linear mode (switching solenoid (SSA) on), the brake pedal is being operated and the ratio of the output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly and stroke simulator pressure sensor is outside the normal range, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the ratio of the output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly and stroke simulator pressure sensor is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C116C: Brake position/ stroke simulator pressure correlation

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Stop light switch assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1.008 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C05A2: Servo pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor Lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal check

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C116D: Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) stuck on

C121F: Brake system voltage performance

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 1): Brake booster motor not rotate

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C13D9: Brake pressure too low

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C14CE: High pressure hydraulic tube air bleeding not complete

C14F3 (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit open

C14F3 (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit low

C14F4 (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (IC data)

C14F4 (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C14FD (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14FD (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (IC data)

C14FD (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C1509: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit low

C150A: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high

C150F: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit low

C1510: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake pedal position sensor fail

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor fail

Not detected

Brake-by-wire controlled mode

On

Brake pedal operation

On

Last brake off duration time

3 seconds or more

Maximum Psrv during braking

Below 0.1 MPa (1 kgf/cm2, 15 psi)

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Following condition is met

3 times or more

Ratio of the output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly and stroke simulator pressure sensor

Within the invalid area (a) or invalid area (b) of the following Map A or Map B

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake position sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Stroke simulator pressure sensor circuit fail

Not detected

Brake-by-wire controlled mode

On

Brake pedal operation

On

BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C12FA, C12FB)

Not detected

Brake pedal position sensor fail (C05C0, C05C1, C1100, C1103, P057A, P057C, P057D, P057E, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

Pressure sensor fail (C05A1, C05A2, C1498, C1499, C14C4, C116A, C116B, C0639, C063C, C1168)

Not detected

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C1345, C14F4, C14FD, C150A, C1510, C14F3, C14FC, C1509, C150F, C116D, C13D9, C14CE)

Not detected

Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB, C12B4)

Not detected

Rotation angle sensor fail (C129B)

Not detected

Ratio of the output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly and stroke simulator pressure sensor

Within the valid area of the Map C

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Depress the brake pedal 3 or more times. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

If the detection conditions for X2442 are met 3 times in a row in the same trip, DTC C116C62 is stored.

PROCEDURE

1.

CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS (CHECK CONDITION WHEN MALFUNCTION OCCURRED) AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

Pre-procedure1

(a) Interview the customer to check the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions when the brake system warning light (red indicator) and brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminated.

Procedure1

(b) Using the GTS, check for Freeze Frame Data that is recorded when a DTC is stored.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • Freeze Frame Data is only stored once when a DTC is stored.
  • If other DTCs are output, repair any malfunctions related to those DTCs first, and then reproduce the conditions that caused DTC C116C62 to be stored based on the interview with the customer.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NEXT

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (STROKE SENSOR)

(a) With the brake pedal released, confirm the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly output voltage.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stroke Sensor

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 0.6 to 1.4 V

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor

Result

Proceed to

The value of Stroke Sensor is between 0.6 and 1.4 V

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

INSPECT/ADJUST INSTALLATION CONDITION OF BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

A

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (STROKE SENSOR)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Mount a pedal effort gauge.

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and depress the brake pedal once.

HINT:

Depress the brake pedal after turning the ignition switch to ON (READY) to set the Toyota Prius vehicle to linear mode (switching solenoid (SSA) on).

Procedure1

(d) Depress the brake pedal slowly and check the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly output voltages with respect to brake pedal depression force.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stroke Sensor

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 0.6 to 1.4 V

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor

HINT:

Perform this procedure in linear mode (switching solenoid (SSA) on).

Standard Voltage:

Pedal Effort

[N (kgf, lbf)]

Stroke Sensor

[V]

50 (5, 11.2)

0.96 to 1.67

100 (10, 22.5)

1.14 to 1.86

150 (15, 33.7)

1.23 to 1.95

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

OK

4.

READ VALUE USING GTS (GAP HOLD CHAMBER OIL PRESSURE)

(a) Depress the brake pedal slowly and check the gap pressure sensor output values with respect to brake pedal depression force.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

Pressure value of stroke simulator

Min.: 0.00 MPa

Max.: 24.48 MPa

Brake pedal released: 0.00 to 1.53 MPa

Brake pedal is being depressed: Changes in proportion to the depression force of the brake pedal

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

HINT:

Perform this procedure in linear mode (switching solenoid (SSA) on).

Standard Pressure:

Pedal Effort

[N (kgf, lbf)]

Gap Hold Chamber Oil Pressure

[MPa]

50 (5, 11.2)

0.00 to 0.75

100 (10, 22.5)

0.63 to 1.43

150 (15, 33.7)

1.33 to 2.13

200 (20, 45.0)

2.03 to 2.83

NG

CHECK AND REPAIR BRAKE FLUID LEAKS

OK

5.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

6.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C116C62 is not output

A

C116C62 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

END

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Brake Servo Pressure Sensor Pressure Increase Malfunction (C116D00)

DESCRIPTION

In order for the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) to control braking force in coordination with the regenerative braking by the hybrid control system, the operating fluid pressures of the master cylinder and each wheel cylinder are input via the servo pressure sensor.

DTCs may be stored if one of the following occurs:

  • Brake fluid leaks.
  • Foreign matter enters a solenoid valve.
  • Line pressure drops during air bleeding.
  • Brake pads are replaced.
  • Rotors are replaced.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C116D00

Brake Servo Pressure Sensor Pressure Increase Malfunction

The brake servo pressure decreases significantly (Poor boost malfunction)

  • Brake fluid leaks
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C116D
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the brake pedal is depressed, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) monitors the servo pressure and increases the servo pressure by driving the linear solenoid (SLM1).When the brake pedal is depressed, if the actual servo pressure does not change even when the target servo pressure increases for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the linear solenoid (SLM1) is stuck closed (the pressure increase during initial braking is abnormal) and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C116D: Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) stuck on

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Stop light switch assembly

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.072 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C05A2: Servo pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor Lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal check

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C063C: Stroke simulator pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C116C: Brake position / stroke simulator pressure correlation

C121F: Brake system voltage performance

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 1): Brake booster motor not rotate

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C13D9: Brake pressure too low

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C14CE: High pressure hydraulic tube air bleeding not complete

C14F3 (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit open

C14F3 (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit low

C14F4 (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (IC data)

C14F4 (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C14FC (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit open

C14FC (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit low

C14FD (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14FD (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (IC data)

C14FD (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C1509: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit low

C150A: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high

C150F: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit low

C1510: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Servo pressure sensor fail

Not detected

B. Brake-by-wire controlled mode

On

C. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Target servo pressure

0.5 MPa (5.1 kgf/cm2, 73 psi) or higher

ABS/TRAC/VSC operation

Off

b. Target servo pressure

3.0 MPa (30.6 kgf/cm2, 435 psi) or higher

ABS/TRAC/VSC operation

On

D. Brake

On

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Servo pressure

0.1 MPa (1 kgf/cm2, 15 psi) or less

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Servo pressure sensor fail

Not detected

Brake-by-wire controlled mode

On

Brake

On

BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C12FA, C12FB)

Not detected

Brake pedal position sensor fail (C05C0, C05C1, C1100, C1103, P057A, P057C, P057D, P057E, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

Pressure sensor fail sensor fail (C05A1, C05A2, C1498, C1499, C14C4, C116A, C116B, C0639, C063C, C1168, C116C)

Not detected

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid fail(C1345, C14F4, C14FD, C150A, C1510, C14F3, C14FC, C1509, C150F, C13D9, C14CE)

Not detected

Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB, C12B4)

Not detected

Rotation angle sensor fail (C129B)

Not detected

Servo pressure

Higher than 0.1 MPa (1 kgf/cm2, 15 psi)

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at 3 km/h (2 mph) or more for 1 second.
  5. Turn the ignition switch off.
  6. Wait 4 minutes.
  7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  8. Depress the brake pedal for 2 seconds, release it and wait 1 second. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  9. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  10. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS (CHECK CONDITION WHEN MALFUNCTION OCCURRED) AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

Pre-procedure1

(a) Interview the customer to check the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions when the brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminated.

Procedure1

(b) Using the GTS, check for Freeze Frame Data that is recorded when a DTC is stored.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

Freeze Frame Data is only stored once when a DTC is stored.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NEXT

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

CHECK DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C116D00 is output

A

C116D00 and other DTCs are output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

4.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

5.

CHECK FOR FLUID LEAK

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data or interview with the customer, inspect the following items for brake fluid leaks:

  • The brake lines from the brake booster with master cylinder assembly to each wheel cylinder.
  • The main body of the brake booster with master cylinder assembly and brake actuator assembly.

OK:

There are no fluid leaks.

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE APPLICABLE PART

OK

6.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

7.

PERFORM AIR BLEEDING

(a) Perform the air bleeding procedure in Bleed Brake System.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

8.

CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY (ACTUATOR SIDE)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

OK

9.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (Toyota Prius Vehicle SIDE)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage and resistance on the wire harness side.

HINT:

Click here

OK:

Voltage and resistance readings are all normal.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

10.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

11.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

If the system returns to normal, it is suspected that a DTC was stored due to a poor connection of a terminal in a connector, air in the system, etc.

Result

Proceed to

C116D00 is not output

A

C116D00 is output

B

Only C116D00 is output

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

C

12.

RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C140A00 is output

A

DTCs are not output

B

A

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY AND BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

for Brake Booster with Master Cylinder Assembly: Click here

for Brake Actuator Assembly: Click here

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Electronic Brake Booster Motor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C117514)

DESCRIPTION

If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) power source voltage drops, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) will store these DTCs.

If the auxiliary battery voltage is temporarily low, this DTC may be stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C117514

Electronic Brake Booster Motor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open

The BM terminal voltage monitor value is open circuit condition for 1 second or more.

  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

A

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C117514 is output

A

C117514 and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BM TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-1 (BM) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Master Reservoir Level Malfunction (C120200)

DESCRIPTION

If the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) detects that the brake fluid level is low or there is an open in the brake fluid level warning switch signal circuit, DTC C120200 is stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C120200

Master Reservoir Level Malfunction

Either of the following is detected:

  • The brake fluid level warning switch signal circuit is open for a certain period of time.
  • The reservoir level is low for a certain period of time.
  • Open or short in brake fluid level warning switch
  • Brake fluid leaks
  • Open or short in wire harness
  • Low brake fluid
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: C1202
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

HINT:

DTC C120200 is cleared when the conditions return to normal.

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the ignition switch is turned to ON and the fluid level warning switch is on for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1202: Reservoir level too low

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake fluid level warning switch

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

20 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C120F: Reservoir level switch open circuit

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Ignition switch

On

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Reservoir level switch state

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Ignition switch

On

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Reservoir level switch fail (C120F)

Not detected

Reservoir level switch state

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait 20 seconds. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C120200 is output

A

C120200 and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

(a) Check that the brake fluid level is sufficient.

HINT:

If the fluid level is low, check for fluid leaks, and repair as necessary.

(1) Check for brake fluid leaks (connection between the brake master cylinder reservoir assembly, brake booster with master cylinder assembly, brake actuator assembly and wheel cylinders).

HINT:

If no leaks exist, add and adjust fluid using the GTS.

Click here

(2) Check the thickness of the brake pad lining.

for Front Brake: Click here

for Rear Brake: Click here

HINT:

If the thickness is less than the standard, replace the brake pads with new ones.

NG

CHECK AND REPAIR BRAKE FLUID LEAKS OR ADD FLUID

OK

4.

INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Inspect the brake fluid level warning switch.

Click here

OK:

The brake fluid level warning switch is normal.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A6) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A6)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-23 (LBL) - A6-2 (LBL)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-23 (LBL) or A6-2 (LBL)- Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A6-1 (GND) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

6.

INSPECT BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY (SWITCH INPUT)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure1

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A6) Click Connector(A6)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A6-2 (LBL) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(d) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

OK

7.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Reconnect the A6 brake fluid level warning switch connector.

Procedure1

(c) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(d) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

8.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C120200 is not output

A

C120200 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Yaw Rate Sensor / Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A" (C124000)

DESCRIPTION

The airbag ECU assembly has a built-in yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

If the identification ID of the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is different to that stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), this DTC is stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C124000

Yaw Rate Sensor / Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Module "A"

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) identification information stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is not consistent with the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) identification information sent via CAN communication continuously for 1 second or more.

  • Incorrect yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installed
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C1240
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) type identification information stored by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) does not match that sent via CAN communication for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the identification signal is abnormal, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1240: Yaw rate and acceleration sensor incorrect

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1 second

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0125: Lost communication with multi-axis acceleration sensor module

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

B. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

YG_ID (CAN Data)

Not correct

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

B. Communication status with yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

Valid

C. YG_ID (CAN Data)

Correct

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 1 second or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK PART NUMBER (AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY)

(a) Check that the part number of the installed yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is correct.

OK:

Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) installed in the Toyota Prius vehicle has the correct part number.

NG

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

OK

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C124000 is not output

A

C124000 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Braking System information System Programming Failure (C124A05)

DESCRIPTION

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C124A05

Braking System information System Programming Failure

When the Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, one of the following conditions is met:

  • The engine type, powertrain variation and destination information sent from the hybrid vehicle control ECU do not match the information stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).
  • No system information stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).
  • Incorrect hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU installed
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C124A
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When one of the following conditions is met at a certain Toyota Prius vehicle speed or more, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is a learning malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

  • The engine type, powertrain variation and destination information sent from the ECM do not match the information stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).
  • No system information stored in the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C124A: Identification signal

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

ECM

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

-

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

Both of the following conditions are met

-

DFLASH reading

Complete

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Grade info

Undetermined or different from a storage memory

Car spec info

Undetermined

Powertrain info

Undetermined or different from a storage memory

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

DFLASH reading

Complete

Grade info

Determined

Car spec info

Determined

Powertrain info

Determined

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (25 mph) or more for 1 second or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK PART NUMBER (HYBRID Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL ECU)

(a) Check that the proper hybrid vehicle control ECU is installed.

OK:

Proper hybrid vehicle control ECU is installed.

NG

REPLACE HYBRID Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL ECU

OK

2.

CHECK PART NUMBER (BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Check that the proper brake actuator assembly is installed.

OK:

Proper brake actuator assembly is installed.

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

OK

3.

CLEAR SYSTEM INFORMATION

(a) Clear system information.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Reset Memory

NEXT

4.

SYSTEM INFORMATION MEMORIZATION

(a) Perform system information memorization.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

HINT:

After performing "Reset Memory" using the GTS to clear the memorized value of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), DTC C124A05 will be stored until system information memorization is performed.

NEXT

5.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

6.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C124A05 is not output

A

C124A05 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

END

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Backup Power Supply Voltage Circuit Open (C125D13,C14C949,C14DD49)

DESCRIPTION

The integration control supply is used as an auxiliary power supply for brake control when the auxiliary battery voltage is low.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C125D13

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Backup Power Supply Voltage Circuit Open

When the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) has been reset due to an open circuit in its integration control supply circuit.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

C14C949

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Internal Electronic Failure

Short circuit malfunction in the BS shutoff circuit of the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

C14DD49

Brake Pressure Control solenoid Supply Voltage Internal Electronic Failure

Short circuit condition of SR output voltage of integration control supply internal circuit.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK SUB BATTERY SYSTEM

(a) Check if sub battery system DTCs are output.

Body Electrical > Sub Battery System > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are output

A

DTCs are not output

B

A

INSPECT SUB BATTERY SYSTEM

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Backup Power Supply Voltage System Voltage Low (C125DA2,C125DA3)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C125D13.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C125DA2

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Backup Power Supply Voltage System Voltage Low

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) CBKP stuck Low for 3 seconds or more.

  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)
  • Integration control supply
  • Wire harness and connector

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

C125DA3

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Backup Power Supply Voltage System Voltage High

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) CBKP stuck Hi for 3 seconds or more.

  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)
  • Integration control supply
  • Wire harness and connector

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.
  • These DTCs can causes fuses to burn out, so check and replace fuses as necessary after completing inspection and repairs.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK SUB BATTERY SYSTEM

(a) Check if sub battery system DTCs are output.

Body Electrical > Sub Battery System > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are output

A

DTCs are not output

B

A

INSPECT SUB BATTERY SYSTEM

B

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C125DA2 and C125DA3 are not output

A

C125DA2 is output

B

C125DA3 is output

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

C

GO TO STEP 6

B

4.

CHECK HARNESS, CONNECTOR AND BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the K26 integration control supply connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(K26) Click Connector(K26)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K26-1 (BUA3) - Body ground

Ignition switch OFF

1 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE INTEGRATION CONTROL SUPPLY

NG

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - INTEGRATION CONTROL SUPPLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,K26) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(K26)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-2 (CBKP) - K26-1 (BUA3)

Ignition switch OFF

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-2 (CBKP) or K26-1 (BUA3) - Body ground

Ignition switch OFF

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

6.

CHECK HARNESS, CONNECTOR AND BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the K26 integration control supply connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(K26) Click Connector(K26)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K26-1 (BUA3) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

7.5 V or less

V

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE INTEGRATION CONTROL SUPPLY

NG

7.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - INTEGRATION CONTROL SUPPLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(K26) Click Connector(K26)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K26-1 (BUA3) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

1 V or less

V

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Reservoir Level Switch Circuit Short to Battery or Open (C126E15)

DESCRIPTION

If the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) detects that the brake fluid level is low or there is an open in the brake fluid level warning switch signal circuit, DTC C126E15 is stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C126E15

Reservoir Level Switch Circuit Short to Battery or Open

The brake fluid level warning switch circuit is open for 2 seconds or more.

  • Open in brake fluid level warning switch
  • Open in wire harness
  • Uneven brake disc rotor wear
  • Brake fluid leaks
  • Low brake fluid
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C120F
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the voltage at terminal LBL of the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) is a specific value or more (open circuit judgment range) for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that there is an open in the fluid level warning switch circuit and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C120F: Reservoir level switch open circuit

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake fluid level warning switch

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

2 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

-

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Brake fluid level warning switch open circuit signal (IC Data)

On

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Brake fluid level warning switch open circuit signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 3 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C120200.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

(a) Check that the brake fluid level is sufficient.

HINT:

If the fluid level is low, check for fluid leaks, and repair as necessary.

(1) Check for brake fluid leaks (connection between the brake actuator assembly, brake booster with master cylinder assembly and wheel cylinders).

HINT:

If no leaks exist, add and adjust fluid using the GTS.

Click here

NG

CHECK AND REPAIR BRAKE FLUID LEAKS OR ADD FLUID

OK

2.

INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Inspect the brake fluid level warning switch.

Click here

OK:

The brake fluid level warning switch is normal.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

OK

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A6) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A6)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-23 (LBL) - A6-2 (LBL)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-23 (LBL) or A6-2 (LBL) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

A6-1 (GND) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

4.

CHECK BRAKE DISC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(b) Reconnect the A6 brake fluid level warning switch connector.

(c) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure1

(d) Perform a road test according to Freeze Frame Data or customer problem analysis. While driving, check for abnormal brake pedal vibration caused by brake discs that are worn or have excess runout.

OK:

Brake pedal does not vibrate during braking.

HINT:

  • An unevenly worn disc may vibrate the caliper pistons and cause fluctuations in brake line pressure, triggering a malfunction detection condition.
  • The brake pedal does not kick back due to caliper piston vibration during electronically controlled brake system control.
  • If the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector is disconnected, the fail-safe function will prohibit electronically controlled brake system control.
  • The Active Test does not prohibit electronically controlled brake system control when the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, so disconnect the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector before continuing with inspection.
  • Uneven disc wear can be checked by measuring the disc thickness variation.

    for Front Brake: Click here

    for Rear Brake: Click here

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE DISC

OK

5.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Reconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure1

(c) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(d) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

6.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C126E15 is not output

A

C126E15 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Position Sensor Signal Cross Coupled (C129A2B)

DESCRIPTION

The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly). The pump motor is controlled using the rotation angle sensor, and so the sensor value is monitored to detect malfunctions.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C129A2B

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Position Sensor Signal Cross Coupled

When rotation angle sensor malfunction status continues.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C129B
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

With the Toyota Prius vehicle power source voltage normal, voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) started, if the hall sensor U, V and W phase output pattern during motor rotation is an unanticipated output, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

-

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.198 seconds

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

D. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

E. Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

F. VCSK

Valid

G. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 10 times

Hall sensor pattern sequence

Abnormal

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.072 seconds

Hall sensor undefined pattern

-

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.198 seconds

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

D. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

E. Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

F. VCSK

Valid

G. Following condition is met

0 times

Hall sensor pattern sequence

Abnormal

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Battery (C12A512,...,C12B014)

DESCRIPTION

The solenoid relay and solenoid valves are built into the brake actuator assembly.

The front solenoid valve LH controls the brake fluid pressure of the front wheel cylinder LH of the vehicle.

When these DTCs are stored, the fail-safe function operates and the solenoid relay is turned off to prevent the solenoid valves from operating.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C12A512

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Battery

An excessive current is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12A8 (Case 2 and 3)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12A514

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open

Insufficient current is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12A7 (Case 1 and 2)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12A518

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Current Below Threshold

An open is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12A7 (Case 3)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12A519

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Current Above Threshold

Overcurrent is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12A8 (Case 4)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12A51D

Left Front Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Current Out of Range

Current leakage is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12A8 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12B012

Left Front Wheel ABS Release Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Battery

Any of the following is detected:

  • Overcurrent is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • Overheat in the solenoid is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • When the solenoid is OFF, a current leak in the solenoid circuit is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12B3
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12B014

Left Front Wheel ABS Release Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the solenoid is not being operated, an open in the solenoid circuit or short to ground is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • When the solenoid is being operated, an open in the solenoid circuit is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • An open in the solenoid ground circuit is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12B2
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the drive voltage and current of the ABS holding solenoid and ABS reduction solenoid. Based on the monitored information, if any of the following abnormal conditions are detected, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

  • Excessively high current in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • Excessively low current in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • An open in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • Overcurrent in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • A current leak in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • Excessively high temperature in a solenoid is detected
  • An abnormal solenoid circuit is detected

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C12A7, C12A8 (Case 1 to 3), C12B2 and C12B3

-: C12A8 (Case 4)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C12A7 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12A7 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid circuit stuck

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0 A

E. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12A7 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.048 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher

E. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

H. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

I. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

J. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

K. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12A8 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0 A

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

E. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

H. Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

I. Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

J. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

K. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

L. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

M. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12A8 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12A8 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0 A

E. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12A8 (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.048 seconds

Solenoid target current value

Higher than 0 A

E. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

H. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

I. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

J. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

K. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12B2 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher17.4 V or less

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12B2 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

Off

E. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12B3 (Case 1 and 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

Off

E. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C12A7 (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

C12A7 (Case 2) and C12B2 (Case 1)

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

On

C12A7 (Case 3)

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

Below 0.25

C12A8 (Case 1)

Solenoid current monitor value

Higher than 0.1 A

C12A8 (Case 2) and C12B3 (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

C12A8 (Case 3)

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

C12A8 (Case 4)

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

Higher than 2

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

Below 0.25 A

Solenoid current monitor value

0.5 A or higher

C12B2 (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid load open at ON signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

C12B3 (Case 2)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C12A7 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

C12A7 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C12A7 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

0.25 or higher

C12A8 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid current monitor value

0.1 A or less

C12A8 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

C12A8 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

C12A8 (Case 4)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

2 or less

Solenoid target current value

Below 0.25 A

Solenoid current monitor value

0.5 A or less

C12B2 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B3, C12C9, C12DF, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C12B2 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B3, C12C9, C12DF, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load open at ON signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

C12B3 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12C8, C12DE, C12F4)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

C12B3 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12C8, C12DE, C12F4)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) for 1 minute. [*1]
  7. Operate the ABS using a drum tester or equivalent. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Circuit Current Above Threshold (C12B419)

DESCRIPTION

The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly). The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) monitors each phase current value output from the pump motor.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C12B419

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Circuit Current Above Threshold

When current monitor continues to be overcurrent status.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C12B4 (Case 2)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The pump motor and rotation angle sensor are built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

If the rotation angle sensor is normal, the brake pedal is ON, and the required pump motor rotation speed is 430 rpm or more and the pump motor rotation speed is less than 100 rpm for 0.36 seconds or more, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.004 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

-

Command to motor failsafe relay

ON

Absolute value of the sum of U-phase current, V-phase current, and W-phase current

35 A or less

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Absolute value of U-phase current

Higher than 160 A

Absolute value of V-phase current

Higher than 160 A

Absolute value of W-phase current

Higher than 160 A

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Command to motor failsafe relay

ON

Absolute value of the sum of U-phase current, V-phase current, and W-phase current

35 A or less

Absolute value of U-phase current

Below 130 A

Absolute value of V-phase current

Below 130 A

Absolute value of W-phase current

Below 130 A

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Actuator Stuck (C12B471)

DESCRIPTION

The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly). The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) monitors the motor speed of the pump motor.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C12B471

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Actuator Stuck

When the rotation angle sensor condition is normal, the brake booster with master cylinder assembly motor is not rotating normally for 0.3 seconds or more.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C12B4 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The rotation angle sensor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

The rotation angle sensor consists of hall sensors positioned at the U, V and W phases. With IGR on, if the rotation angle sensor U, V or W phase current value continues to exceed 160 A, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines an overcurrent, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C12B4 (Case 1): Brake booster motor not rotate

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Stop light switch assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.36 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor Lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal check

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C063C: Stroke simulator pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C116C: Brake position / stroke simulator pressure correlation

C116D: Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) stuck on

C121F: Brake system voltage performance

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C13D9: Brake pressure too low

C14CE: High pressure hydraulic tube air bleeding not complete

C14F3 (Case 1 to 3): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit open

C14F3 (Case 4 to 5): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit low

C14F4 (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (IC data)

C14F4 (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C14FC (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit open

C14FC (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit low

C14FD (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14FD (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (IC data)

C14FD (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C1509: Brake pressure control solenoid SSA circuit low

C1510: Brake pressure control solenoid SGH circuit high

C150A: Brake pressure control solenoid SSA circuit high

C150F: Brake pressure control solenoid SGH circuit low

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Motor angle sensor

Valid

Brake

On

Required motor rotation speed

430 rpm or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Motor rotation speed

Less than 100 rpm

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Motor angle sensor

Valid

Brake

On

Required motor rotation speed

430 rpm or more

BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C12FA, C12FB)

Not detected

Brake pedal position sensor fail (C05C0, C05C1, C1100, C1103, P057A, P057C, P057D, P057E, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

Pressure sensor fail (C05A1, C05A2, C1498, C1499, C14C4, C116A, C116B, C0639, C063C, C1168, C116C)

Not detected

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C1345, C14F4, C14FD, C150A, C1510, C14F3, C14FC, C1509, C150F, C116D, C13D9, C14CE)

Not detected

Brake booster motor performance (motor current) fail (C12B4)

Not detected

Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB)

Not detected

Rotation angle sensor fail (C129B)

Not detected

Motor rotation speed

100 rpm or more

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Drive Circuit Missing Message (C12BF87)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) detects malfunctions in the motor drive circuit based on malfunction notifications from the pre-driver IC, which monitors the motor drive circuit.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C12BF87

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Drive Circuit Missing Message

Pre-driver IC malfunction, or open or short circuit within inverter circuit

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C12BF (Case 5 to 9)
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

Case 5:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With the Toyota Prius vehicle power source voltage normal, voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) started, if the pre-driver IC outputs a malfunction signal or the pre-driver IC and CPU cannot communicate, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

Case 6:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With the Toyota Prius vehicle power source voltage normal, voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and during the ECU self-check immediately after the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) starts, if the pre-driver IC is malfunctioning, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

Case 7:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With the Toyota Prius vehicle power source voltage normal, voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and during the ECU self-check immediately after the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) starts, if pre-driver IC initial setting is not completed normally, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

Case 8:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and during the ECU self-check immediately after the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) starts, if the inverter circuit outputs an OFF command but the status is ON, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

Case 9:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and during the ECU self-check immediately before the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) stops, if the internal voltage of the motor power source circuit is low, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

4.002 seconds: Case 8

0.204 seconds: Case 9

0.102 seconds: Case 7

0.072 seconds: Case 5

0.024 seconds: Case 6

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 5

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 6 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. All of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. All of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.198 seconds

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

D. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

E. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

Case 6

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Pre-driver IC SPI communication

On

BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

Case 7

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

Both of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Pre-driver IC SPI communication

On

Case 8

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Inverter drive signal

On

BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

Case 9

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Final check

BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

INHA

On

INLB

On (20% duty drive)

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 5

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Pre-driver IC error flag

On

nFAULT monitor

Abnormal

Pre-driver IC SPI communication

Abnormal

Case 6

nFAULT monitor

Abnormal

Case 7

Initial settings for pre-driver IC

Abnormal

Case 8

MTT voltage

1.5 V or less, or 6.5 V or higher

Case 9

Inverter upper voltage

Higher than BM voltage x 0.25 V

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

Either of the following conditions is met

A, B, C, D or E

A. All of the following conditions are met

a, b, c, d and e

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

b. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

c. Following condition is met

More than 0.198 seconds

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

d. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

e. All of the following conditions are met

More than 1 second

Pre-driver IC error flag

Off

nFAULT monitor

Normal

Pre-driver IC SPI communication

Normal

B. All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Pre-driver IC SPI communication

On

BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

nFAULT monitor

Normal

C. All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Pre-driver IC SPI communication

On

Initial settings for pre-driver IC

Normal

D. All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

BM voltage

6 V or higher

Inverter drive signal

Off

BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

MTT voltage

Higher than 1.5 V, and below 6.5 V

E. All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Final check

BM voltage

6 V or higher

BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

Command to motor failsafe relay

Off

INHA

On

INLB

On (20% duty drive)

Inverter upper voltage

BM voltage x 0.25 V or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 5 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Battery (C12D112,...,C12DC14)

DESCRIPTION

The solenoid relay and solenoid valves are built into the brake actuator assembly.

The rear solenoid valve LH controls the brake fluid pressure of the rear wheel cylinder LH of the vehicle.

When these DTCs are stored, the fail-safe function operates and the solenoid relay is turned off to prevent the solenoid valves from operating.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C12D112

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Battery

An excessive current is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12D4 (Case 2 and 3)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12D114

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open

Insufficient current is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12D3 (Case 1 and 2)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12D118

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Current Below Threshold

An open is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12D3 (Case 3)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12D119

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Current Above Threshold

Overcurrent is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12D4 (Case 4)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12D11D

Left Rear Wheel ABS Hold Solenoid Control Circuit Current Out of Range

Current leakage is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12D4 (Case 1)
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12DC12

Left Rear Wheel ABS Release Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Battery

Any of the following is detected:

  • Overcurrent is detected in the solenoid for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • Overheat in the solenoid is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • When the solenoid is OFF, a current leak in the solenoid circuit is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12DF
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C12DC14

Left Rear Wheel ABS Release Solenoid Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the solenoid is not being operated, an open in the solenoid circuit or short to ground is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • When the solenoid is being operated, an open in the solenoid circuit is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.
  • An open in the solenoid ground circuit is detected for 0.05 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C12DE
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the drive voltage and current of the ABS holding solenoid and ABS reduction solenoid. Based on the monitored information, if any of the following abnormal conditions are detected, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

  • Excessively high current in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • Excessively low current in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • An open in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • Overcurrent in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • A current leak in a solenoid circuit is detected
  • Excessively high temperature in a solenoid is detected
  • An abnormal solenoid circuit is detected

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C12D3, C12D4 (Case 1 to 3), C12DE and C12DF

-: C12D4 (Case 4)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C12D3 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12D3 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0 A

E. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12D3 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.048 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher

E. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

H. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

I. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

J. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

K. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12D4 (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0 A

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

E. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

H. Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

I. Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

J. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

K. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

L. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

M. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12D4 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

E. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12D4 (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0 A

E. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12D4 (Case 4)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.048 seconds

Solenoid target current value

Higher than 0 A

E. Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

F. Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

G. Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

H. Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

I. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

J. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

K. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12DE (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

Off

E. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12DE (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

Off

E. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C12DF (Case 1) and C12F5 (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to ABS release solenoid

Off

E. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Following condition is met

More than 0.006 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

On

b. Following condition is met

More than 0.015 seconds

Command to reference solenoid

Off

F. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

G. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

H. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C12D3 (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

C12D3 (Case 2) and C12DE (Case 1)

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

On

C12D3 (Case 3)

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

Below 0.25

C12D4 (Case 1)

Solenoid current monitor value

Higher than 0.1 A

C12D4 (Case 2) and C12DF (Case 1)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

On

C12D4 (Case 3)

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

C12D4 (Case 4)

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

Higher than 2

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.054 seconds

Solenoid target current value

Below 0.25 A

Solenoid current monitor value

0.5 A or higher

C12DE (Case 2)

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Solenoid load open at ON signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

On

C12DF (Case 2)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

On

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C12D3 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid return current terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

C12D3 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C12D3 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

0.25 or higher

C12D4 (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid current monitor value

0.1 A or less

C12D4 (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

C12D4 (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

C12D4 (Case 4)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12B3, C12C8, C12C9, C12DE, C12DF, C12F4, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid target current value

0.25 A or higher

Solenoid current monitor value / Solenoid target current value

2 or less

Solenoid target current value

Below 0.25 A

Solenoid current monitor value

0.5 A or less

C12DE (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B3, C12C9, C12DF, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

C12DE (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B3, C12C9, C12DF, C12F5)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load open at ON signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid GND terminal disconnection signal (IC Data)

Off

C12DF (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12C8, C12DE, C12F4)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid overcurrent signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid driver overtemperature signal (IC Data)

Off

C12DF (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

-

ABS hold solenoid fail (C12A7, C12A8, C12BD, C12BE, C12D3, C12D4, C12E9, C12EA, C12F6, C12F7)

Not detected

ABS release solenoid fail (C12B2, C12C8, C12DE, C12F4)

Not detected

SM solenoid fail (C13BF, C13C2, C13C3, C13CB, C13CC)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C143B, C143C)

Not detected

Initial check

Finished

Solenoid load leakage signal (IC Data)

Off

Solenoid load open/short to ground signal (IC Data)

Off

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) for 1 minute. [*1]
  7. Operate the ABS using a drum tester or equivalent. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

ECB Solenoid Control "A" Circuit Short to Battery (C12F812,C12F814)

DESCRIPTION

The main relay is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

The main relay supplies power to the switching solenoid and the linear solenoid.

The main relay remains on for approximately 4 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off and the input of brake pedal operation signals stops, and supplies power to the system to keep it ready to operate.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C12F812

ECB Solenoid Control "A" Circuit Short to Battery

The BS terminal voltage is 3.3 V or more for 4.5 seconds or more, when operation of the main relay is requested.

  • Short in main relay circuit
  • Main relay internal stuck
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C12FB
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs
  • ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

C12F814

ECB Solenoid Control "A" Circuit Short to Ground or Open

Either of the following is detected:

  • When the ignition switch is turned to ON (READY):

    The BS terminal voltage is less than 3.8 V for 0.05 seconds or more, when the IGR terminal voltage is 9.5 V or more and operation of the main relay is requested.

  • When the ignition switch is off:

    The BS terminal voltage is less than 3.8 V for 0.05 seconds or more, when operation of the main relay is requested.

  • Open or short in main relay circuit
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C12FA
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs
  • ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the voltage at BS terminal.

When the main relay is instructed to be on and the voltage at BS terminal is within the range of an open circuit malfunction (voltage is practically equal to that when off), or when the main relay is instructed to be off and the voltage of the BS terminal is within the range of a short circuit malfunction (voltage is practically equal to that when on), an open circuit or short circuit is judged respectively and the MIL is illuminated and stores a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.054 seconds: C12FA (Case 1 and 2)

0.204 seconds: C12FA (Case 3)

4.5 seconds: C12FB

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C12FA (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Ignition switch

Off

B. BS (linear)

Valid

C. Command to main relay

On

D. Either of the following conditions is met

a, b or c

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

b. Main relay ON experience

Off

c. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

C12FA (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Ignition switch

ON (READY)

B. BS (linear)

Valid

C. Command to main relay

On

D. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. All of the following conditions are met

1 and 2

1. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

2. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

IGR

Valid

IGR voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

b. Main relay ON experience

Off

E. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

C12FA (Case 3)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Either of the following conditions is met

-

ECU status

Premain

ECU status

Final check

B. Command to main relay

On

C. BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

C12FB (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Solenoid relay output

Valid

Command to main relay

Off

C12FB (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Either of the following conditions is met

-

ECU status

Premain

ECU status

Final check

B. Command to main relay

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C12FA (Case 1 and 2)

Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS voltage

Below 3.3 V

C12FA (Case 3)

BS voltage

Below 0.42 x VM1 V

C12FB (Case 1)

Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

Solenoid relay output voltage

4.8 V or higher

C12FB (Case 2)

Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

Solenoid relay output voltage

3.3 V or higher

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C12FA (Case 1 and 2) and C12FB (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Premain

Finished

Final check

Finished

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

Brake system voltage fail (C12FB)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C14F3, C14F4, C14FC, C14FD, C1509, C150A, C150F, C1510)

Not detected

BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB)

Not detected

BS voltage

3.3 V or higher

C12FA (Case 3)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K

A. Either of the following conditions is met

-

ECU status

Premain

ECU status

Final check

B. Command to main relay

On

C. BS (linear) voltage

9.5 V or higher

D. Premain

Finished

E. Final check

Finished

F. BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

G. Brake system voltage fail (C12FB)

Not detected

H. Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C14F3, C14F4, C14FC, C14FD, C1509, C150A, C150F, C1510)

Not detected

I. BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

J. Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB)

Not detected

K. BS voltage

0.42 x VM1 V or higher

C12FB (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

-

Premain

Finished

Final check

Finished

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

Brake system voltage fail (C12FA)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C14F3, C14F4, C14FC, C14FD, C1509, C150A, C150F, C1510)

Not detected

BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB)

Not detected

Solenoid relay output voltage

Below 4.8 V

C12FB (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J

A. Either of the following conditions is met

-

ECU status

Premain

ECU status

Final check

B. Command to main relay

Off

C. Premain

Finished

D. Final check

Finished

E. BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

F. Brake system voltage fail (C12FA)

Not detected

G. Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C14F3, C14F4, C14FC, C14FD, C1509, C150A, C150F, C1510)

Not detected

H. BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

I. Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB)

Not detected

J. Solenoid relay output voltage

Below 3.3 V

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 5 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (BS VOLTAGE)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Perform the Active Test and operate the main relay.

Procedure1

(b) Monitor the value of BS Voltage when the Active Test is being performed.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Active Test

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Control Range

Restrict Condition

Diagnostic Note

ECB Main Relay

Main relay

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

ECB: Electronically Controlled Brake System

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

BS Voltage

BS voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Chassis > Brake Booster > Active Test

Active Test Display

ECB Main Relay

Data List Display

BS Voltage

HINT:

During the Active Test, the voltage indicated by BS Voltage changes in proportion to the voltage of the auxiliary battery.

Result

Proceed to

During the Active Test, the voltage indicated by BS Voltage increases to the approximate voltage of the auxiliary battery.

A

During the Active Test, the voltage indicated by BS Voltage remains low around 0 V.

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

B

GO TO STEP 4

A

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C12F812 and C12F814 are not output

A

C12F812 or C12F814 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BS TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-11 (BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Linear Solenoid Valve Offset Learning (C134500)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) stores the individual characteristics of each linear solenoid built into the brake booster with master cylinder assembly. Based on the stored information, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) calibrates the individual differences and controls systems.

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives the shift position P signal from the hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU via CAN communication system.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C134500

Linear Solenoid Valve Offset Learning

When the Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, the linear solenoid valve offset learning value is not stored.

  • Perform linear solenoid valve offset learning and check for DTCs. If no DTCs are output again, the valve is normal.
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: C1345
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

HINT:

During Dealer Mode, related DTCs are cleared (except SAE code).

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

After any of the following situations, if the learning value of the linear solenoid (SLM1) or linear solenoid (SLM2) is not stored and the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven at a certain speed or more, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the offset learning of the linear solenoid valve is not performed and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC.

  1. The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) has been replaced with a new one.
  2. After the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly, brake pedal, brake booster with master cylinder assembly, brake actuator assembly or yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has been removed and installed or replaced, the zero point is cleared.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

-

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

-

Brake pressure control solenoid "A" open current learning value

Not stored

Brake pressure control solenoid "B" open current learning value

Not stored

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Both of the following conditions are met

-

CAN COMMUNICATION fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid "A" open current learning value

Stored

Brake pressure control solenoid "B" open current learning value

Stored

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (25 mph) or more for 1 second. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check that no DTCs other than those related to incomplete learning are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

OK:

DTCs other than those related to incomplete learning are not output.

NG

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

OK

2.

PERFORM AIR BLEEDING

(a) Perform the air bleeding procedure in Bleed Brake System.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

3.

PERFORM LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE OFFSET LEARNING

(a) Check and ensure the following conditions required for performing linear solenoid valve offset learning and then perform linear solenoid valve offset learning.

HINT:

Click here

NOTICE:

If DTC C134500 is output, turn the ignition switch off for 4 minutes or more and then turn the ignition switch to ON again before performing learning.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

  1. The auxiliary battery voltage is 11 to 15.5 V when the ignition switch is ON (READY).
  2. The brake booster with master cylinder assembly is not hot.
  3. The hybrid control system is not malfunctioning.
  4. The shift state indicator shows that the shift lever is in P.
  5. The READY light in the combination meter assembly is illuminated.
  6. The brake pedal is not depressed.
  7. The parking brake is released.
NEXT

4.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

5.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C134500 is not output

A

C134500 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

END

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Linear Solenoid Valve Offset Learning Missing Calibration (C134554)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C134500.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C134554

Linear Solenoid Valve Offset Learning Missing Calibration

The linear solenoid valve offset learning value cannot be obtained.

  • Perform linear solenoid valve offset learning and check for DTCs. If no DTCs are output again, the valve is normal.
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check that no DTCs other than those related to incomplete learning are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

OK:

DTCs other than those related to incomplete learning are not output.

NG

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

OK

2.

PERFORM AIR BLEEDING

(a) Perform the air bleeding procedure in Bleed Brake System.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

3.

PERFORM LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE OFFSET LEARNING

(a) Check and ensure the following conditions required for performing linear solenoid valve offset learning and then perform linear solenoid valve offset learning.

HINT:

Click here

NOTICE:

If DTC C134554 is output, turn the ignition switch off for 4 minutes or more, turn the ignition switch to ON again, and then clear the DTC before performing learning

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

  1. The auxiliary battery voltage is 11 to 15.5 V when the ignition switch is turned ON (READY).
  2. The brake booster with master cylinder assembly is not hot.
  3. The hybrid control system is not malfunctioning.
  4. The shift state indicator shows that the Toyota Prius vehicle shift state is park (P).
  5. The READY light in the combination meter assembly is illuminated.
  6. The brake pedal is not depressed.
  7. The parking brake is released.
NEXT

4.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

5.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C134554 is not output

A

C134554 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

END

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Brake System Control Module "A" System Voltage System Voltage Low (C137BA2)

DESCRIPTION

If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) stores this DTC and the fail-safe function prohibits operation of ABS, brake assist, regenerative brake cooperative control, etc.

This DTC is stored when the BS, IG1 or IG2 terminal voltage meets one of the DTC detection conditions due to a malfunction in the power supply or charging circuit such as the auxiliary battery or DC/DC converter circuit, etc.

This DTC is cleared when the voltage at terminal BS, IG1 and IG2 returns to normal.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C137BA2

Brake System Control Module "A" System Voltage System Voltage Low

Any of the following is detected:

  • When the voltage at terminal BS is less than 8.5 V, the master cylinder pressure sensor is invalid for 10 seconds or more.
  • When the voltage at terminal BS is less than 8.5 V, the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly is invalid for 10 seconds or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is below 9.5 V, the power source voltage for all speed sensors is continuously low for 60 seconds or more.
  • When the Toyota Prius vehicle speed is 3 km/h (2 mph) or more, the voltage at terminal IG1 or terminal IG2 is excessively low for 10 seconds or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is below 9.5 V and the solenoid relay is ON, the relay contact is OFF continuously for 1.22 seconds or more.
  • When the BS terminal voltage is below 9.5 V, motor fail-safe relay overcurrent continues for 1.05 seconds or more.
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C137C
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

Case 1:
  • When the voltage of IG1 or IG2 is excessively low, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) detects that the power supply voltage is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
Case 2:
  • When the power supply voltage to all speed sensors is excessively low, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the power supply voltage is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
Case 3, 4 and 5:
  • When the voltage at terminal BS is less than 8.5 V and the data of the master cylinder pressure sensor, brake pedal stroke sensor assembly or wheel cylinder pressure sensor is invalid for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the power supply voltage is excessively low, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
Case 6:
  • When the power supply voltage of the solenoid is excessively low for a certain amount of time, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the output of the solenoid relay is abnormal due to excessively low voltage, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
Case 7:
  • The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the current of the motor fail-safe relay. When overcurrent is detected in the motor circuit, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the motor output is abnormal due to excessively low voltage, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

Brake system voltage input out of range low

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

1 second: Case 6 and 7

10 seconds: Case 1, 3, 4 and 5

60 seconds: Case 2

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1021 (Case 1): Brake system voltage input out of range low

C137C (Case 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7): Brake system voltage input out of range low

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. IGR voltage

3.5 V or more

B. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

Higher than 3 km/h (1.86 mph)

C. IGP voltage

3.5 V or more

D. BS voltage

9.5 V or more

E. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Communication status with ECM

Valid

Ready state

On

b. Communication status with ECM

Invalid

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1021 (Case 1): Brake system voltage input out of range low

Both of the following conditions are met

-

IGR voltage

3.5 V or more

BS voltage

Less than 9.5 V

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0540 (Case 1) :Pressure sensor verify communication

C0540 (Case 2 to 4) Pressure sensor range check

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C122E: Pressure sensor input out of range low

C122F: Pressure sensor input out of range high

P2531: Brake system voltage input open circuit

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. BS voltage

Less than 8.5 V

B. Master cylinder pressure sensor start state

On

C. Both of the following conditions are met

a and b

a. History of ready state on

On

b. Either of the following conditions is met

-

Ready state

On

Communication status with ECM

Invalid

Case 4

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

P2531: Brake system voltage input open circuit

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. BS voltage

Less than 8.5 V

B. Both of the following conditions are met

a and b

a. History of ready state on

On

b. Either of the following conditions is met

-

Ready state

On

Communication status with ECM

Invalid

Case 5

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. BS voltage

Less than 8.5 V

B. Wheel cylinder pressure sensor start state

On

C. Both of the following conditions are met

a and b

a. History of ready state on

On

b. Either of the following conditions is met

-

Ready state

On

Communication status with ECM

Invalid

Case 6

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: (Case 1) ABS hold solenoid circuit stuck

C0597: (Case 2 to 5) ABS hold solenoid performance

C1021 (Case 1): Brake system voltage input out of range low

C12A7: ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8: ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD: ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE: ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3: ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4: ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9: ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA: ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C137C (Case 1 to 4 and 7): Brake system voltage input out of range low

C137D: Brake system voltage input out of range high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2: SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3: SM1 solenoid circuit high

C13CB: SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC: SM2 solenoid circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage solenoid relay stuck

C143C: Brake system voltage open circuit

Diagmask during the cranking

Off

Case 7

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B: ABS pump motor performance

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E: ABS pump motor open circuit

C1021 (Case 1): Brake system voltage input out of range low

C137C (Case 1 to 4 and 6): Brake system voltage input out of range low

Initial check end state

Valid

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Either of the following conditions is met

-

IGR voltage

10 V or less

IGP voltage

10 V or less

Case 2

All of the following conditions are met

-

FR wheel speed sensor power voltage

Less than 4.1 V

FL wheel speed sensor power voltage

Less than 4.1 V

RR wheel speed sensor power voltage

Less than 4.1 V

RL wheel speed sensor power voltage

Less than 4.1 V

Case 3

Master cylinder pressure sensor data validity

Invalid

Case 4

Stroke sensor data validity

Invalid

Case 5

Wheel cylinder pressure sensor data validity

Invalid

Case 6

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Power supply for solenoid voltage

Less than 6 V

BS voltage

Less than 9.5 V

Case 7

All of the following conditions are met

-

History of blocking motor relay

Off

Command to motor fail-safe relay

On

Motor circuit current

264 A or more

BS voltage

Less than 9.5 V

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Case 1

Both of the following conditions are met

-

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

Case 2, 6 and 7

BS voltage

9.5 V or more

Case 3

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. BS voltage

8.5 V or more

B. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Ready state

Off

b. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Ready state

On

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

C. Master cylinder pressure sensor data validity

Valid

Case 4

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. BS voltage

8.5 V or more

B. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Ready state

Off

b. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Ready state

On

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

C. Stroke sensor data validity

Valid

Case 5

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. BS voltage

8.5 V or more

B. Either of the following conditions is met

a or b

a. Ready state

Off

b. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Ready state

On

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

C. Wheel cylinder pressure sensor data validity

Valid

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 3 km/h (2 mph) for 1 minute. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IG1 TERMINAL)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-45 (IG1) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IG2 TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-15 (IG2) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR ( BS TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-14 ( BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GND1 TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-1 (GND1) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

6.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C137BA2 is not output

A

C137BA2 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Brake System Control Module "A" System Voltage System Voltage High (C137BA3)

DESCRIPTION

If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) stores this DTC and the fail-safe function prohibits operation of ABS, brake assist, regenerative brake cooperative control, etc.

This DTC is stored when the BS terminal voltage deviates due to a malfunction in the power supply or charging circuit such as the auxiliary battery or DC/DC converter circuit, etc.

This DTC is cleared when the voltage at terminal BS returns to normal.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C137BA3

Brake System Control Module "A" System Voltage System Voltage High

The BS terminal voltage is higher than 17.4 V for 0.8 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C137D
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the voltage at terminal BS of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is more than a certain value, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the voltage is excessive, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.8 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS voltage

More than 17.4 V

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C137BA2.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR ( BS TERMINAL)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-14 ( BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

A4-14 ( BS) - A4-1 (GND1)

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C137BA3 is not output

A

C137BA3 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Stop Lamp Relay Actuator Stuck On (C13807E)

DESCRIPTION

When any of the following conditions are met, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) sets the drive output (STPO) ON which operates the stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) and turns on the stop lights.

Illumination Conditions:
  • Pre-collision brake is operating.
  • The dynamic radar cruise control system is operating and is applying the brakes.
  • Secondary collision brake is operating.
  • Brake hold is operating.
  • The parking brake is engaged while the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven.
  • The advanced park system is operating and is applying the brakes. (w/ Advanced Park)

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C13807E

Stop Lamp Relay Actuator Stuck On

When the IG1 terminal voltage exceeds 10 V and the BS terminal voltage is 9.5 V or higher, stop light drive output (STPO) is OFF, STP2 is OFF and STP is ON continuously for 5 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Stop light switch assembly
  • STP circuit
  • STP2 circuit
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C13807E is output

A

C13807E and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK STOP LIGHT ILLUMINATION STATUS

(a) With the brake pedal released, check the illumination status of the stop lights.

Result

Proceed to

The stop lights are illuminated.

A

The stop lights are not illuminated.

B

B

GO TO STEP 6

A

3.

CHECK BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-11 (STP) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly off

(Brake pedal released)

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

4.

CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A18 stop light switch assembly connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-11 (STP) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NG

5.

CHECK FOR SHORT TO B IN STP CIRCUIT

(a) Check that there is no short to B in the STP circuit (wire harnesses, connectors, stop lights and ECUs).

OK:

No short to B.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

6.

CHECK BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-37 (STP2) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly on (Brake pedal depressed)

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

7.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

*a

Component with harness connected

(Stop Light Switch Assembly)

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A18) Click Connector(A18)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A18-3 (L) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly on (Brake pedal depressed)

11 to 14 V

V

OK

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

NG

8.

CHECK FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN STP2 CIRCUIT

(a) Check that there is no short to ground in the STP2 circuit (wire harnesses, connectors and ECUs)

OK:

There is no short to ground.

OK

REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

Stop Lamp Relay Actuator Stuck Off (C13807F)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C13807E.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C13807F

Stop Lamp Relay Actuator Stuck Off

Either of the following is detected:

  • When the IG1 terminal voltage exceeds 10 V and the BS terminal voltage is from 9.5 to 17.4 V, stop light drive output (STPO) is ON, STP is OFF and STP2 is OFF continuously for 2 seconds or more.
  • When the IG1 terminal voltage exceeds 10 V and the BS terminal voltage is from 9.5 to 17.4 V, STP is OFF and STP2 is ON continuously for 5 seconds or more.
  • Wire harness and connector
  • Stop light switch assembly
  • STP circuit
  • STP2 circuit
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

B

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C13807E.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C13807F is output

A

C13807F and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING GTS (STOP LAMP RELAY)

(a) Perform the stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) Active Test, and confirm that the stop lights illuminate and turn off and the value of "Stop Light SW", "Stop Light Relay" and "STPO" changes.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Active Test

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Control Range

Restrict Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stop Lamp Relay

Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly)

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

With the brake pedal released, check that the stop lights illuminate and the value of Stop Light Relay on the GTS changes to ON when Stop Lamp Relay is ON

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stop Light SW

Stop light switch assembly status

(STP or STP2 terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake pedal released

ON: Brake pedal depressed

HINT:

  • Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) off: STP terminal status displayed.
  • Stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) on: STP2 terminal status displayed.

Stop Light Relay

Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly) status

(STP terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly) off and brake pedal released

ON: Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly) on or brake pedal depressed

HINT:

The voltage of power supplied to the stop lights is measured at the STP terminal.

STPO

Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly) status

(STPO terminal output)

OFF / ON

OFF: Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly) off (Stop light off)

ON: Stop light control relay (Stop light switch assembly) on (Stop light on)

HINT:

When STPO is ON, the stop light control relay (stop light switch assembly) turns ON and the stop lights illuminate

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Active Test

Active Test Display

Stop Lamp Relay

Data List Display

Stop Light SW

Stop Light Relay

STPO

Data List Status

Stop Light Illumination Status

Proceed to

Stop Light SW

Stop Light Relay

STPO

OFF

OFF

ON

Not illuminated

A

OFF

OFF

ON

Illuminated

B

ON

ON

ON

Illuminated

C

B

GO TO STEP 8

C

GO TO STEP 9

A

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-32 (STPO) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

GO TO STEP 7

OK

4.

CHECK BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-11 (STP) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly on (Brake pedal depressed)

11 to 14 V

V

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

5.

CHECK FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN STP CIRCUIT

(a) Check that there is no short to ground in the STP circuit (wire harnesses, connectors, stop lights and ECUs)

OK:

There is no short to ground.

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

OK

6.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY - BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A18 stop light switch assembly connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A18,A4) Click Connector(A18) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A18-1 (OUT) - A4-11 (STP)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

7.

CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A18) Click Connector(A18)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A18-4 (ACC) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

*a

Component with harness connected

(Stop Light Switch Assembly)

OK

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

NG

REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

8.

CHECK BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-11 (STP) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly on (Brake pedal depressed)

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

9.

CHECK BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-37 (STP2) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly off

(Brake pedal released)

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

10.

CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A18 stop light switch assembly connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-37 (STP2) - Body ground

Always

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NG

11.

CHECK FOR SHORT TO B IN STP2 CIRCUIT

(a) Check that there is no short to B in the STP2 circuit (wire harnesses, connectors and ECUs).

OK:

No short to B.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Current Sensor Signal Cross Coupled (C13BA2B)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) uses the motor current monitor circuit to monitor the three-phase current.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C13BA2B

Electronic Brake Booster Motor "A" Current Sensor Signal Cross Coupled

When three-phase current malfunction status continues.

No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C13BB
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

Case 1:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With the Toyota Prius vehicle power source voltage normal, voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) started, if the current monitor U, V or W phase current value continues to be abnormally high or repeatedly switches between abnormally high and normal, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

Case 2:
  • The pump motor is built into the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly).

    With voltage applied normally to the motor power source terminal and the motor stopped (current not flowing) during the ECU self-check immediately before the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) stops, if the current monitor value is the value during motor operation (current is flowing), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) determines that there is a pump motor drive circuit malfunction, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C13BB (Case 1): Brake booster motor range/performance

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake booster with master cylinder assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.072 seconds: Case 2

-: Case 1

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1 to 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5 to 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D or E

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.198 seconds

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

D. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

E. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

Both of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Both of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

ECU status

Final check

B. Inverter drive signal

Off

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.072 seconds

Absolute value of the sum of U-phase current, V-phase current, and W-phase current

Higher than 35 A

B. Motor current monitor Valid to Invalid edge count

More than 10 times

Case 2

Either of the following conditions is met

-

SO1 voltage monitor

2 V or less, or 3 V or higher

SO2 voltage monitor

2 V or less, or 3 V or higher

SO3 voltage monitor

2 V or less, or 3 V or higher

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

Either of the following conditions is met

A, B, C, D or E

A. All of the following conditions are met

a, b, c, d and e

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

b. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

c. Following condition is met

More than 0.198 seconds

BM voltage

7.1 V or higher

d. Command to motor failsafe relay

On

e. Both of the following conditions are met

1 and 2

1. Following condition is met

More than 1 second

Absolute value of the sum of U-phase current, V-phase current, and W-phase current

35 A or less

2. Following condition is met

More than 1 second

Motor current monitor Valid to Invalid edge count

0 times

B. All of the following conditions are met

a, b and c

a. Either of the following conditions is met

-

ECU status

Premain

ECU status

Final check

b. Inverter drive signal

Off

c. All of the following conditions are met

-

SO1 voltage monitor

Higher than 2 V, and below 3 V

SO2 voltage monitor

Higher than 2 V, and below 3 V

SO3 voltage monitor

Higher than 2 V, and below 3 V

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Brake Pressure Too Low (Brake Booster) (C13D900)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) controls the brake fluid pressure of the master cylinder based on the output of the brake fluid pressure sensor.

DTCs may be stored if one of the following occurs:

  • Brake fluid leaks.
  • Foreign matter enters a solenoid valve.
  • Line pressure drops during air bleeding.
  • Brake pads are replaced.
  • Rotors are replaced.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C13D900

Brake Pressure Too Low (Brake Booster)

Fluid pressure control performance degraded (pressure excessively low)

  • Brake fluid leaks
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C13D9
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) monitors the relationship between the specified increase or decrease in servo pressure and the target brake fluid pressure. When the brake pedal is depressed and the relationship between the servo pressure and the target brake fluid pressure is outside of the normal range, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) judges that the increasing pressure is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC. Furthermore, when the brake pedal is released or while braking is being performed and the relationship between the servo pressure and the target brake fluid pressure is outside of the normal range, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) judges that the decreasing pressure is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C13D9: Brake pressure too low

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Stop light switch assembly

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.072 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C053D: Pressure sensor invalid data

C0540 (Case 1): Pressure sensor verify communication

C0540 (Case 2 to 4): Pressure sensor range check

C056B: Pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C05A1 (Case 1): Servo pressure sensor lost communication

C05A1 (Case 2): Servo pressure sensor internal malfunction

C05A1 (Case 3): Servo pressure sensor invalid data

C05A2: Servo pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C05C0: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C05C1: Brake pedal position sensor learning not complete

C0639 (Case 1): Stroke simulator pressure sensor Lost communication

C0639 (Case 2): Stroke simulator pressure sensor internal check

C0639 (Case 3): Stroke simulator pressure sensor invalid data

C063C: Stroke simulator pressure sensor exceeded learning limit

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1168: Stroke simulator pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C116A: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C116B: Stroke simulator pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C116C: Brake position / stroke simulator pressure correlation

C116D: Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) stuck on

C121F: Brake system voltage performance

C122E: Pressure sensor input out of range low

C122F: Pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C129B: Rotation angle sensor range/performance

C12B4 (Case 1): Brake booster motor not rotate

C12B4 (Case 2): Brake booster motor performance (motor current)

C12BF (Case 1) to (Case 4): Brake booster motor performance (motor upper circuit)

C12BF (Case 5) to (Case 9): Brake booster motor performance (motor drive circuit)

C12FA: Brake system voltage power supply relay open circuit

C12FB: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C1345: Brake pressure control solenoid open current learning not complete

C13BB: Brake booster motor range/performance

C1498: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit low

C1499: Servo pressure sensor voltage circuit high

C14C4: Servo pressure sensor intermittent/erratic

C14CE: High pressure hydraulic tube air bleeding not complete

C14F3 (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit open

C14F3 (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit low

C14F4 (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14F4 (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (IC data)

C14F4 (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C14FC (Case 1 to 3) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit open

C14FC (Case 4 to 5) Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM2) circuit low

C14FD (Case 1 to 2): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid OFF current)

C14FD (Case 3 to 6): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (IC data)

C14FD (Case 7 to 8): Brake pressure control solenoid (SLM1) circuit high (solenoid ON current)

C1509: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit low

C150A: Brake pressure control solenoid (SSA) circuit high

C150F: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit low

C1510: Brake pressure control solenoid (SGH) circuit high

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DB: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Brake-by-wire controlled mode

On

Brake

On

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. All of the following conditions are met

a, b and c

a. Servo pressure sensor fail

Not detected

b. Either of the following conditions is met

1 or 2

1. Difference between target brake pressure and servo pressure

Higher than 4 MPa (40.7 kgf/cm2, 580 psi)

ABS/TRAC/VSC operation

On

2. Difference between target brake pressure and servo pressure

Higher than 1.5 MPa (15.2 kgf/cm2, 217 psi)

ABS/TRAC/VSC operation

Off

c. Delay of servo pressure increase

More than 0.3 to 4.584 seconds

B. All of the following conditions are met

a, b, c, d and e

a. Master cylinder pressure sensor fail

Not detected

b. Communication between ECU1 and ECU2

Valid

c. ESC assist

Off

d. Either of the following conditions is met

1 or 2

1. Difference between target brake pressure and servo pressure

Higher than 4 to 6.25 MPa (40.7 to 63.7 kgf/cm2, 580 to 906 psi)

ABS/TRAC/VSC operation

On

2. Difference between target brake pressure and servo pressure

Higher than 1.5 to 3.75 MPa (15.2 to 38.2 kgf/cm2, 217 to 543 psi)

ABS/TRAC/VSC operation

Off

e. Delay of servo pressure increase

More than 0.3 to 4.584 seconds

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake-by-wire controlled mode

On

Brake

On

BSCM2 fail (C121F)

Not detected

Brake system voltage fail (C12FA, C12FB)

Not detected

Brake pedal position sensor fail (C05C0, C05C1, C1100, C1103, P057A, P057C, P057D, P057E, P05DB, P05DD, P05DE, P05DF, P05E0)

Not detected

Pressure sensor fail (C053D, C0540, C056B, C122E, C122F, C05A1, C05A2, C1498, C1499, C14C4, C116A, C116B, C0639, C063C, C1168, C116C)

Not detected

CAN communication fail (U0129, U025E)

Not detected

Brake pressure control solenoid fail (C1345, C14F4, C14FD, C150A, C1510, C14F3, C14FC, C1509, C150F, C116D, C14CE)

Not detected

Brake booster motor fail (C12BF, C13BB, C12B4)

Not detected

Rotation angle sensor fail (C129B)

Not detected

Servo pressure

0.5 MPa (5.1 kgf/cm2, 73 psi) or higher

Servo pressure sensor malfunction criteria

Not met

Master cylinder pressure

0.5 MPa (5.1 kgf/cm2, 73 psi) or higher

Master cylinder pressure sensor malfunction criteria

Not met

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS (CHECK CONDITION WHEN MALFUNCTION OCCURRED) AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

Pre-procedure1

(a) Interview the customer to check the Toyota Prius vehicle conditions when the brake system warning light (yellow indicator) illuminated.

Procedure1

(b) Using the GTS, check for Freeze Frame Data that is recorded when a DTC is stored.

HINT:

Click here

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

Freeze Frame Data is only stored once when a DTC is stored.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NEXT

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

CHECK DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C13D900 is output

A

C13D900 and other DTCs are output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

4.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

5.

CHECK FOR FLUID LEAK

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data or interview with the customer, inspect the following items for brake fluid leaks:

  • The brake lines from the brake booster with master cylinder assembly to each wheel cylinder.
  • The main body of the brake booster with master cylinder assembly and brake actuator assembly.

OK:

There are no fluid leaks.

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE APPLICABLE PART

OK

6.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

7.

PERFORM AIR BLEEDING

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

8.

CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY (ACTUATOR SIDE)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

OK

9.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (Toyota Prius Vehicle SIDE)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage and resistance on the wire harness side.

HINT:

Click here

OK:

Voltage and resistance readings are all normal.

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

10.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

11.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

HINT:

If the system returns to normal, it is suspected that a DTC was stored due to a poor connection of a terminal in a connector, air in the system, etc.

Result

Proceed to

C13D900 is not output

A

C13D900 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Brake Pressure Leak Malfunction (C140000,C140A00)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) controls the brake fluid pressure of each wheel cylinder based on the brake fluid pressure sensor.

DTCs may be stored if one of the following occurs:

  • Brake fluid leaks.
  • Foreign matter enters a solenoid valve.
  • Brake pads are replaced.
  • Rotors are replaced.

HINT:

When replacing the brake pads, retracting the brake caliper pistons and installing new brake pads will greatly increase the clearance between the brake pads and brake discs. This will result in a significant possibility of this DTC being stored the next time the brake pedal is depressed. As this is not a malfunction, clear the DTC if it is stored for this reason.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C140000

Brake Pressure Leak Malfunction

When all of the following conditions are met, a malfunction such as a leak in an ABS decrease pressure valve of the brake actuator assembly is detected:

  • The Toyota Prius vehicle was driven before the ignition switch was turned off.
  • 90 seconds have elapsed since the ignition switch was turned off.
  • The vehicle is stopped and the shift state is park (P).
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C140A00

Pressure Control Reservoir Leak Malfunction

When all of the following conditions are met, a malfunction is detected by the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) during self-diagnosis.

  • The Toyota Prius vehicle was driven before the ignition switch was turned off.
  • 90 seconds have elapsed since the ignition switch was turned off.
  • The vehicle is stopped and the shift state is park (P).
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

INSPECT WHEEL CYLINDER PRESSURE

Pre-procedure1

(a) Mount a pedal effort gauge.

(b) Select "Motor Deactivate" on the "ECB Utility" screen.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

ECB Utility

(c) Perform "Motor Deactivate" according to the display on the GTS.

(d) Depress the brake pedal 10 times or more.

(e) Check that the brake pedal is firm.

(f) Connect an LSPV gauge set.

Procedure1

(g) Slowly depress the brake pedal and check the wheel cylinder pressure with respect to brake pedal depression force.

Standard Pressure:

for Front Right Wheel

Pedal Effort

[N (kgf, lbf)]

Specified Condition

Result

200 (20, 45.0)

0.00 to 3.44 MPa

0.00 to 35.10 kgf/cm2

0 to 499 psi

MPa

kgf/cm2

psi

500 (51, 112.4)

3.12 to 7.17 MPa

31.84 to 73.16 kgf/cm2

452 to 1040 psi

MPa

kgf/cm2

psi

Post-procedure1

(h) None

NG

GO TO STEP 4

OK

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C140000 and C140A00 are not output

A

C140000 or C140A00 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

4.

INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEAKS

(a) Brake fluid leaks and air in brake line inspection

(1) Check and take a note of the fluid level in the brake master cylinder reservoir assembly.

(2) Repeatedly depress the brake pedal and confirm that the brake pedal feels normal (no air in the system, etc.).

(3) Check if the brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder reservoir assembly has changed.

(4) If the brake fluid level has decreased, check for leaks due to damaged brake lines or hoses, loose union nuts, damaged brake master cylinder sub-assembly seals, etc.

OK:

There are no brake fluid leaks and no air in the system.

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR BRAKE FLUID LEAKS AND ADD FLUID

ABS Pump Motor Actuator Stuck (C142771)

DESCRIPTION

When the ignition switch is turned ON (READY), the stop light switch assembly off and the vehicle speed is 20 km/h (12 mph) or more, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) performs a self-diagnosis of the ABS motor relay circuit during the initial check of the actuator.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C142771

ABS Pump Motor Actuator Stuck

When the actuator initial check is being performed, the actuator pump motor does not operate properly.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake actuator assembly (pump motor)
  • Brake actuator assembly (pump motor circuit)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C1427
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the voltage of the ABS pump motor is less than a certain value, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the motor is not rotating, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C1427: ABS pump motor stuck

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous or during initial checking

Duration

3 times

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C1427

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C052B (Case 1 to 7): ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage)

C052B (Case 8): ABS pump motor performance (motor relay current)

C052B (Case 9): ABS pump motor performance (freewheeling MOS current)

C052D: ABS pump motor circuit high

C052E (Case 1 to 4): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor circuit)

C052E (Case 5 and 6): ABS pump motor circuit open (motor relay)

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Initial check status

On

B. Following condition is met

0.002 seconds or more

Command to motor relay ON to OFF

-

C. BS voltage

9.5 V or less

D. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

E. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

F. BM voltage

6 V or less

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Following condition is met

0.022 seconds or more

MT voltage

Below 1.3 V

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Initial check status

On

B. Following condition is met

0.002 seconds or more

Command to motor relay ON to OFF

-

C. Following condition is met

Less than 0.022 seconds

MT voltage

Below 1.3 V

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 5 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTCs C052C14, C052C16, C052C17, C052C49 and C052F14.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING GTS (MOTOR RELAY)

(a) Check the operating sound of the pump motor when operating it using the GTS.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Active Test

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Control Range

Restrict Condition

Diagnostic Note

Motor Relay

ABS motor relay

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition: Vehicle stopped

HINT:

To protect this Actuator and Solenoid, this test will only last 5 seconds.

Operating sound of motor can be heard

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Active Test

Tester Display

Motor Relay

Result

Proceed to

Operating sound is heard.

A

Operating sound is not heard.

B

B

GO TO STEP 4

A

2.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • If a speed signal of 20 km/h (12 mph) or more is input to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) with the ignition switch turned to ON and the stop light switch assembly off, the ECU performs self-diagnosis of the pump motor circuit.
  • If the normal system code is output (no DTCs are output), slightly jiggle the connectors, wire harness, and fuses of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).
  • If any DTCs are output while jiggling a connector or wire harness of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), inspect and repair the connector or wire harness.
  • If no DTCs were output when reconfirming DTCs, checking for intermittent problems is necessary because it is suspected that the original DTCs were stored due to the poor connection of a connector terminal.

Result

Proceed to

C142771 is not output

A

C142771 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GND2 TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-30 (GND2) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

ABS Solenoid Control Actuator Stuck On (C143A7E,C143A7F)

DESCRIPTION

The ABS solenoid relay is built into the No. 2 skid control ECU in the brake actuator assembly.

The ABS solenoid relay supplies power to the holding solenoid and reduction solenoid.

The solenoid relay is turned on 1.5 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ON, and is turned off if an open or short in the solenoid is detected by self-diagnosis performed when the Toyota Prius vehicle is starting off.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C143A7E

ABS Solenoid Control Actuator Stuck On

When voltage at terminal BS is 9.5 V or higher, solenoid relay is OFF, relay contact is ON continuously for 4.5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

B

  • SAE Code: C143B
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C143A7F

ABS Solenoid Control Actuator Stuck Off

When voltage at terminal BS is 9.5 V or higher and solenoid relay is ON, relay contact is OFF continuously for 0.22 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

B

  • SAE Code: C143C
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the voltage of the ABS solenoid.

When the ABS solenoid relay is instructed to be on and the voltage of the ABS solenoid is within the range of an open circuit malfunction, or when the ABS solenoid relay is instructed to be off and the voltage of the ABS solenoid is within the range of a short circuit malfunction, an open circuit or short circuit is judged respectively and the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

C143C: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit open

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

4.5 seconds: C143B

0.22 seconds: C143C (Case 1)

0.204 seconds: C143C (Case 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

C143B (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Command to solenoid relay

Off

C. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

D. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C143B (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to solenoid relay

Off

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C143C (Case 1)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12A8 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (IC data)

C12A8 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12BE (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (IC data)

C12BE (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12D4 (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (IC data)

C12D4 (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12EA (Case 2 and 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (IC data)

C12EA (Case 4): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid On current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C2 (Case 3): SM1 solenoid circuit low

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13C3 (Case 2 and 3): SM1 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13C3 (Case 4): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CB (Case 3): SM2 solenoid circuit low

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CC (Case 2 and 3): SM2 solenoid circuit high (IC data)

C13CC (Case 4): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid On current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

C. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

D. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

C143C (Case 2)

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0597: ABS hold solenoid performance

C12A7 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit open

C12A7 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12A8 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12B2: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit low

C12B3: ABS release solenoid (FL) circuit high

C12BD (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit open

C12BD (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12BE (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (FR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12C8: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit low

C12C9: ABS release solenoid (FR) circuit high

C12D3 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit open

C12D3 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12D4 (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RL) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12DE: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit low

C12DF: ABS release solenoid (RL) circuit high

C12E9 (Case 1 and 2): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit open

C12E9 (Case 3): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12EA (Case 1): ABS hold solenoid (RR) circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C12F4: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit low

C12F5: ABS release solenoid (RR) circuit high

C12F6: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C12F7: ABS hold solenoid other functional

C13BF: SM solenoid other functional

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C13C2 (Case 1 and 2): SM1 solenoid circuit open

C13C3 (Case 1): SM1 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C13CB (Case 1 and 2): SM2 solenoid circuit open

C13CC (Case 1): SM2 solenoid circuit high (solenoid Off current)

C143B: Brake system voltage power supply relay circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

-

ECU status

Premain

Command to solenoid relay

On

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

C143B and C143C

Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6.0 V or higher

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

C143B (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

Below 6 V

C143B (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G or H

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Command to solenoid relay

Off

C. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

D. ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

E. Brake system voltage fail (C143C)

Not detected

F. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

G. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

H. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

Below 6 V

C143C (Case 1)

All of the following conditions are met

A and B

A. Command to solenoid relay

On

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

C143C (Case 2)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I or J

A. ECU status

Premain

B. Command to solenoid relay

On

C. Premain

Finished

D. BM voltage

6 V or higher

E. BSCM fail (C0597)

Not detected

F. ABS pump motor fail (C052D, C052E)

Not detected

G. ABS pump motor performance (gate voltage) fail (C052B)

Not detected

H. Brake system voltage fail (C143B)

Not detected

I. Wheel speed sensor fail (C0503, C0509, C050F, C0515)

Not detected

J. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

AST voltage

6 V or higher

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) for 1 minute. [*1]
  7. Operate the ABS using a drum tester or equivalent. [*2]

    HINT:

    [*1] to [*2]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  8. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  9. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C143A7E or C143A7F is output

A

C143A7E or C143A7F and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR ( BS TERMINAL)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-14 ( BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GND1 TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4) Click Connector(A4)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-1 (GND1) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

4.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Reconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

5.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • If a speed signal of 6 km/h (4 mph) or more is input to the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) with the ignition switch turned to ON and the stop light switch assembly off, the ECU performs self-diagnosis of the solenoid circuit.
  • If the normal system code is output (no DTCs are output), slightly jiggle the connectors, wire harnesses, and fuses of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly).
  • If any DTCs are output while jiggling a connector or wire harness of the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly), inspect and repair the connector or wire harness.
  • If no DTCs were output when reconfirming DTCs, checking for intermittent problems is necessary because it is suspected that the original DTCs were stored due to the poor connection of a connector terminal.

Result

Proceed to

C143A7E and C143A7F are not output

A

C143A7E or C143A7F is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold (C14C616)

DESCRIPTION

If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) power source voltage drops, or there is insufficient voltage to operate the main relay, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) will store these DTCs.

If the auxiliary battery voltage is temporarily low, this DTC may be stored.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14C616

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold

Either of the following is detected:

  • At a Toyota Prius vehicle speed of more than 3 km/h (2 mph), IGR voltage is between 3.8 V and 9.5 V for 10 seconds or more.
  • When the ignition switch is ON (Ready) and BS terminal voltage is 9.5 V or more, any of the following conditions are met:
    • Stroke sensor 1 is invalid and ECU internal voltage is 7.4 V or less for 10.2 seconds or more.
    • Servo pressure sensor power supply voltage is less than the specified value and ECU internal voltage is 7.8 V or less for 10.1 seconds or more.
    • Servo pressure sensor is invalid and ECU internal voltage is 7.8 V or less for 10.2 seconds or more.
    • Stroke simulator pressure sensor power supply voltage is less than the specified value and ECU internal voltage is 7.8 V or less for 10.1 seconds or more.
    • Stroke simulator pressure sensor is invalid and ECU internal voltage is 7.8 V or less for 10.2 seconds or more.
    • In response to a main relay ON command, relay contact point is 3.3 V or more, ECU internal voltage is 7.4 V or less and IGR voltage is 9.5 V or less for 10 seconds or more.
  • When the ignition switch is Ready-OFF and BS terminal voltage is 9.5 V or more, the following conditions are met:
    • In response to a main relay ON command, relay contact point is 3.3 V or more and ECU internal voltage is 7.4 V or less for 10 seconds or more.
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C14C616 is output

A

C14C616 and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGR TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure3

(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Switch Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-30 (IGR) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(g) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BS TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Switch Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-11 (BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold (C14C617)

DESCRIPTION

When there is a power supply circuit malfunction, the power supply voltage of the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) is excessively high, or the main relay operation voltage is excessively high, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) stores this DTC.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14C617

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" Supply Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold

Either of the following is detected:
  • The Toyota Prius vehicle speed is more than 3 km/h (2 mph) and the voltage at terminal IGR is 18.8 V or more for 0.8 seconds or more.
  • The BS voltage is 16.6 V or more for 0.8 seconds or more.
  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: C14C8
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

When the Toyota Prius vehicle is being driven, the voltage at VM1 or IG1 of the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) is a certain value or more, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the voltage at VM1 or IG1 is excessively high, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

Speed sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.768 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

None

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

16.6 V or higher

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 16.6 V

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle at 10 km/h (6 mph) or more for 1 second or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C14C617 is output

A

C14C617 and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGR TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-30 (IGR) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BS TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-11 (BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(c) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" System Voltage Low (C14C9A2)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14C9A2

Electronic Brake Booster Control Module "A" System Voltage Low

The voltage of terminal BM is less than 7.3 V and the pump motor is being driven, the output of the pump motor is excessively low for 1 second or more.

  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C14C9A2 is output

A

C14C9A2 and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (BM VOLTAGE)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Drive the pump motor by performing the Active Test.

HINT:

The pump motor can be driven by performing the Active Test for Brake Booster Motor.

Procedure1

(b) Monitor the value of Data List item BM Voltage when the pump motor is being driven.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Active Test

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Control Range

Restrict Condition

Diagnostic Note

Brake Booster Motor

Brake booster motor

OFF / ON

Toyota Prius Vehicle condition:

  • Vehicle stopped
  • Shift position is in the P or N
  • Apply the parking brake

HINT:

To protect this Drive Circuit and Solenoid, this test will only last 10 seconds.

-

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

BM Voltage

BM voltage value

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 25.5 V

-

Changes in proportion to auxiliary battery voltage

Chassis > Brake Booster > Active Test

Active Test Display

Brake Booster Motor

Data List Display

BM Voltage

Result

Proceed to

BM voltage is 11 to 14 V.

A

BM voltage is below 11 V.

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BM TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-1 (BM) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Fluid Air Bleeding Not Programmed (C14CE51)

DESCRIPTION

If air bleeding has not been performed or incomplete, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) stores DTC C14CE51 to prevent the entry of air due to pump motor operation.

DTC C14CE51 is stored when Motor Deactivate is selected, the system will not return to normal until the air bleeding procedure is performed.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14CE51

Brake Fluid Air Bleeding Not Programmed

Brake fluid air bleeding not yet performed (When proper brake fluid air bleeding has not been performed)

  • Proper brake fluid air bleeding not done (Air bleeding not yet performed or incomplete)
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: C14CE
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

After replacing the brake booster with master cylinder assembly, if air bleeding is not performed and the Toyota Prius vehicle is driven at a certain speed or more, the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) judges that air bleeding has not been completed and illuminates the MIL and stores this DTC. Furthermore, this DTC is not cleared until air bleeding has been completed.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C14CE: Brake fluid air bleeding not complete

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake actuator (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Speed sensor

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

-

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U025E: Lost communication with BSCM2 (CH1)

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Brake fluid air bleeding

Not completed

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All of the following conditions are met

-

CAN communication fail (U0129,U025E)

Not detected

Brake fluid air bleeding

Completed

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 2 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

2.

PERFORM AIR BLEEDING

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

3.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C14CE51 is output

A

DTCs are not output

B

C14CE51 and other DTCs are output

C

Post-procedure1

(c) None

B

END

C

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

4.

RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

A

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

Brake Pressure Control solenoid Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C14DD14)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C102000.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14DD14

Brake Pressure Control solenoid Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open

BS terminal voltage is 9.4 V or less for 10 seconds or more.

  • Improperly connected connector, deformation or corrosion of terminals
  • Wire harness and connector
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C117514.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Before performing troubleshooting, make sure to confirm that the auxiliary battery voltage is normal.

    Click here

  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

Only C14DD14 is output

A

C14DD14 and other DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs that are output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output

A

DTCs are output

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BS TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-11 (BS) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C14E014,C14E314)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C050012.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14E014

Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open

With the BS terminal voltage 9.5 to 17.4 V, the sensor power supply voltage decreases for 0.5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C14E1
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

C14E314

Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open

With the BS terminal voltage 9.5 to 17.4 V, the sensor power supply voltage decreases for 0.5 seconds or more.

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Comes on

Brake/EPB

A

  • SAE Code: C14E4
  • Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the power supply voltage of the speed sensors. If the power supply voltage is outside the normal range, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

C0510 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (moment open)

C0510 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal noise)

C0510 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) intermittent/erratic (a piece of metal rotor noise)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Speed sensor

Speed sensor rotor

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

-

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

15 seconds: C0510 (Case 3)

0.255 seconds: C0510 (Case 1)

0.075 seconds: C0510 (Case 2)

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

Case 1

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B and C

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 2

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. Command to all ABS hold solenoids

Off

C. Command to all ABS release solenoids

Off

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

Case 3

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C0501 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation A)

C0501 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0501 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (correlation B)

C0501 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0502: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit open

C0503: Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit high

C0507 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0507 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0507 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0507 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0508: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit open

C0509: Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit high

C050D (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation A)

C050D (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (2 wheels)

C050D (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (correlation B)

C050D (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance (pulse output high)

C050E: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit open

C050F: Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit high

C0513 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation A)

C0513 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (2 wheels)

C0513 (Case 3): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (correlation B)

C0513 (Case 4): Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance (pulse output high)

C0514: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit open

C0515: Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit high

C0555: Wheel speed sensor (FL) range/performance

C0556: Wheel speed sensor (FR) range/performance

C0557: Wheel speed sensor (RL) range/performance

C0558: Wheel speed sensor (RR) range/performance

C137D: Brake system voltage circuit high

C14E1 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low

C14E1 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E4 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low

C14E4 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (FR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14E7 (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low

C14E7 (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RL) voltage circuit low (continuation)

C14EA (Case 1): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low

C14EA (Case 2): Wheel speed sensor (RR) voltage circuit low (continuation)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

B. ABS control

Not operating

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.012 seconds

IGR voltage

3.5 V or higher

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS voltage

17.4 V or less

D. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

10 km/h (6.21 mph) or more

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

Case 1

Wheel speed sensor status changes from not moment open status to moment open status

Moment open status

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more

Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

15 km/h (9.32 mph) or more

Case 2

Both of the following conditions A and B are met

5 seconds or more

A. Toyota Prius Vehicle speed

20 km/h (12.43 mph) or more

B. Normal piece of metal noise status

-

Wheel speed fluctuation

502.10048 m/s2 or more experience

Case 3

Adhesion of a piece of metal rotor (noise input at a rotor rotation)

1time

Noise

98.0665 m/s2 or more

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

All

All of the following conditions are met

-

Chassis dynamometer mode

Off

Noise recovery experience

On

A piece of metal rotor noise recovery experience

On

Low speed recovery experience

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more for 60 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

END

Steering Angle Sensor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open (C14FE14)

DESCRIPTION

This DTC is stored when the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) receives a power supply malfunction signal from the steering angle sensor.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

C14FE14

Steering Angle Sensor Supply Voltage Circuit Short to Ground or Open

When the BS terminal voltage is from 9.5 to 17.4 V, a steering angle sensor power supply malfunction signal is received from the steering angle sensor.

  • Steering angle sensor
  • Wire harness and connector

Does not come on

Brake/EPB

A

Output ECU: No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C05262A.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

2.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

C14FE14 is not output

A

C14FE14 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGR TERMINAL)

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the K72 steering angle sensor connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Pre-procedure2

(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(K72) Click Connector(K72)

Tester Connection

Switch Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K72-9 (IGR) - Body ground

Ignition switch ON

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BAT TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(K72) Click Connector(K72)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K72-4 (BAT) - Body ground

Always

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(c) None

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ESS TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(K72) Click Connector(K72)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

K72-6 (ESS) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

Ω

OK

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Switch "A" (P057100)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) detects the brake operating conditions through a signal transmitted by the stop light switch assembly.

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) incorporates a circuit to detect an open circuit. This DTC is output when an open circuit is detected in the stop light signal input line.

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

P057100

Brake Switch "A"

An open in the stop light switch circuit continues for 10 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Stop light switch assembly
  • STP circuit
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

A

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

  • Inspect the fuses for circuits related to this system before performing the following procedure.
  • Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK STOP LIGHT OPERATION

(a) Check that the stop lights come on when the brake pedal is depressed.

Result

Proceed to

All stop lights illuminate when the brake pedal is depressed and turn off when the brake pedal is released.

A

All stop lights do not illuminate when the brake pedal is depressed.

B

One or more stop lights illuminate when the brake pedal is depressed but remain on when the brake pedal is released.

C

B

GO TO STEP 10

C

GO TO STEP 6

A

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (STOP LIGHT SW)

(a) Check the value of Stop Light SW when the brake pedal is depressed.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stop Light SW

Stop light switch assembly (STP terminal input)

OFF / ON

OFF: Brake pedal released

ON: Brake pedal depressed

HINT:

The brake pedal state is determined using the voltage at terminal STP

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Stop Light SW

Result

Proceed to

The value of Stop Light SW is ON

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

GO TO STEP 9

A

3.

STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY OUTPUT CIRCUIT INSPECTION

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Procedure2

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A18) Click Connector(A18)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A18-1 (OUT) - Body ground

  • Ignition switch ON
  • The headlights are on
  • The blower motor switch is in the HI position
  • The rear window defogger is turned on
  • Stop light switch assembly off (Brake pedal released)

Below 1.5 V

V

Result:

Proceed to

OK

NG

*a

Component with harness connected

(Stop Light Switch Assembly)

Post-procedure1

(e) None

NG

GO TO STEP 6

OK

4.

CLEAR DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) None

Procedure1

(b) Clear the DTCs.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Clear DTCs

Post-procedure1

(c) Turn the ignition switch off.

NEXT

5.

RECONFIRM DTC

Pre-procedure1

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

Procedure1

(b) Check if the same DTC is output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

P057100 is not output

A

P057100 is output

B

Post-procedure1

(c) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

B

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

6.

CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A18 stop light switch assembly connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A18) Click Connector(A18)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A18-1 (OUT) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly off

(Brake pedal released)

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NG

7.

CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Procedure1

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure1

(b) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A18) Click Connector(A18)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A18-1 (OUT) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly off

(Brake pedal released)

Below 1.5 V

V

Post-procedure1

(e) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

8.

CHECK FOR SHORT TO B IN STP CIRCUIT

(a) Check that there is no short to B in the STP circuit (wire harnesses, connectors, ECUs and stop lights).

OK:

No short to B.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

9.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STP TERMINAL)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

Procedure2

(d) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(e) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-31 (STP) - Body ground

Stop light switch assembly on

(Brake pedal depressed)

11 to 14 V

V

Post-procedure1

(f) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

10.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY - STOP LIGHT)

(a) Check that there is no open in the wire harnesses and connectors from terminal OUT of the stop light switch assembly to the stop lights.

OK:

No open.

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" (P057A00,P05E062)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

P057A00

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A"

The difference in the SKS1 and SKS2 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly is invalid for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: P057A
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

P05E062

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A"/"B" Signal Compare Failure

The difference in change between sensor output voltage 1 (SKS1) and sensor output voltage 2 (SKS2) is excessively large for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: P05E0
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

P057A:
  • When the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) detects that the difference between the brake pedal stroke sensor 1 and brake pedal stroke sensor 2 is invalid, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.
P05E0:
  • The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

    When the ratio between the output of brake pedal stroke sensor 1 and brake pedal stroke sensor 2 is outside the normal range, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly is malfunctioning, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC is stored.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.198 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

P057A

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05E0: Brake pedal position sensor "A"/"B" correlation

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. Up/Downstream communication

Valid

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS (linear) voltage

8.5 V or higher

D. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

E. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

P05E0

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

C1103 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1103 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057A: Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

P05DD: Brake pedal position sensor circuit open

P05DE: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P05DF: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. Up/Downstream communication

Valid

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS (linear) voltage

8.5 V or higher

D. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

E. BS voltage

9.5 V or higher

F. IGR voltage

Higher than 10 V

G. IGP voltage

Higher than 10 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

P057A

Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1) and Power supply voltage ratio (SKS2/VSK2) aren't in correlation area

-

P05E0

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1) and Power supply voltage ratio (SKS2/VSK2) aren't in correlation area

-

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

P057A

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. Up/Downstream communication

Valid

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS (linear) voltage

8.5 V or higher

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.024 seconds

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1) and Power supply voltage ratio (SKS2/VSK2) are in correlation area

-

P05E0

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E, F and G

A. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

B. Up/Downstream communication

Valid

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.22 seconds

BS (linear) voltage

8.5 V or higher

D. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

More than 0.2

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS2/VSK2)

Less than 0.8

E. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

More than 0.23

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS2/VSK2)

Less than 0.77

F. Both of the following conditions are met

-

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

More than 0.26

Power supply voltage ratio (SKS2/VSK2)

Less than 0.74

G. Normal status experience at high voltage

On

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Fully depress the brake pedal. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Mount a pedal effort gauge.

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and depress the brake pedal once.

HINT:

Depress the brake pedal after turning the ignition switch to ON (READY) to set the Toyota Prius vehicle to linear mode (switching solenoid (SSA) on).

Procedure1

(c) Depress the brake pedal slowly and check the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly output voltages with respect to brake pedal depression force.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stroke Sensor

Brake pedal stroke sensor 1

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 0.6 to 1.4 V

Reading increases when brake pedal is depressed

Chassis > Brake Booster > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Stroke Sensor2

Brake pedal stroke sensor 2

Min.: 0.0 V

Max.: 5.0 V

Brake pedal released: 3.6 to 4.4 V

Reading decreases when brake pedal is depressed

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Stroke Sensor2

HINT:

Perform this procedure in linear mode (switching solenoid (SSA) on).

Standard Voltage:

Brake Effort

[N (kgf, lbf)]

Stroke Sensor

[V]

Stroke Sensor2

[V]

50 (5, 11.2)

0.96 to 1.67

3.33 to 4.04

100 (10, 22.5)

1.14 to 1.86

3.14 to 3.86

150 (15, 33.7)

1.23 to 1.95

3.05 to 3.77

Result

Proceed to

OK

A

NG (brake pedal stroke sensor 1)

B

NG (brake pedal stroke sensor 2)

C

Post-procedure1

(d) None

A

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

C

GO TO STEP 3

B

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A5) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-29 (SKS1) - A5-6 (SKS1)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-29 (SKS1) or A5-6 (SKS1) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4,A5) Click Connector(A4) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A4-10 (SKS2) - A5-1 (SKS2)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A4-10 (SKS2) or A5-1 (SKS2) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Circuit Short to Battery (P057A12,P057A14,P057A1F)

DESCRIPTION

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

P057A12

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Circuit Short to Battery

The sensor output voltage 1 (SKS1) is 4.7 V or more for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: P057D
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

P057A14

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Circuit Short to Ground or Open

The sensor output voltage 1 (SKS1) is less than 0.3 V for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: P057C
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

P057A1F

Brake Pedal Position Sensor "A" Circuit Intermittent

The difference between the current value and previous value of the sensor output voltage 1 (SKS1) is 8.5% or more for 0.2 seconds or more.

  • Wire harness and connector
  • Brake pedal stroke sensor assembly

Comes on

Brake Booster

A

  • SAE Code: P057E
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) monitors the output value of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly, and if the following conditions are detected, the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly has a malfunction and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC.

  • The power supply voltage ratio of the brake pedal stroke sensor 1 is outside the normal range.

    HINT:

    The power supply voltage ratio is the ratio of the voltage of SKS1 and VSK1.

  • The difference between the current power supply voltage ratio and the previous power supply voltage ratio of the brake pedal stroke sensor 1 exceeds a specific value (improbable sudden change repeats).

    HINT:

    The power supply voltage ratio is the ratio of the voltage of SKS1 and VSK1.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

P057C: Brake pedal position sensor open circuit

P057D: Brake pedal position sensor circuit high

P057E: Brake pedal position sensor intermittent/erratic

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

0.198 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

All

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C1100 (Case 1): Brake pedal position sensor voltage circuit/open

C1100 (Case 2): Brake pedal position sensor invalid data

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

VCSK

Valid

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

P057C

Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

Below 0.06

P057D

Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

Higher than 0.94

P057E

Absolute value of the change in (SKS1/VSK1) during 6millisec

More than 0.0848

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

P057C and P057D

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C and D

A. Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

B. VCSK

Valid

C. Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

0.06 or higher

D. Following condition is met

More than 0.018 seconds

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply voltage ratio (SKS1/VSK1)

0.94 or less

P057E

All of the following conditions are met

-

Brake pedal position sensor1 power supply

4.8 V or higher, and 5.2 V or less

VCSK

Valid

Absolute value of the change in (SKS1/VSK1) during 6millisec

0.0848 or less

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 1 second or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to DTC C110000.

Click here

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) Check that the brake pedal and the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly are properly installed and that the pedal can be depressed normally.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

HINT:

Click here

(c) Adjust the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly.

HINT:

Click here

NEXT

2.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY)

Pre-procedure1

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

Procedure1

(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connectors.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

Pre-procedure2

(c) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(d) Disconnect the A5 brake pedal stroke sensor assembly connector.

Procedure2

(e) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

Procedure3

(f) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A3,A5) Click Connector(A3) Click Connector(A5)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

Result

A3-29 (SKS1) - A5-6 (SKS1)

Always

Below 1 Ω

Ω

A3-29 (SKS1) or A5-6 (SKS1) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

Post-procedure1

(g) None

OK

REPLACE BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Lost Communication with Drive Motor Control Module "A" (U011000,U012987,U029300,U110600,U114A00,U115000,U117D87)

DESCRIPTION

The No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) communicates with the following ECUs and sensors via CAN communication.

  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • Inverter with converter assembly
  • Hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU
  • Integration control supply

DTC No.

Detection Item

DTC Detection Condition

Trouble Area

MIL

DTC Output from

Priority

Note

U011000

Lost Communication with Drive Motor Control Module "A"

When terminal IGR voltage is 9.5 V or more, data from the inverter with converter assembly cannot be received for 2 seconds or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • Inverter with converter assembly
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: U0110
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

U012987

Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module "A" Missing Message

When the voltage at terminal IGR is 9.5 V or more, communication between the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is not possible for 2 seconds or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: U0129
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

U029300

Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module

When terminal IGR voltage is 9.5 V or more, data from the hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU cannot be received for 2 seconds or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • Hybrid vehicle control ECU
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: U0293
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

U110600

Lost Communication with Electric Parking Brake Module

With terminal IGR voltage at 9.5 V or more, data cannot be received from the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) for 1 second or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

U114A00

Lost Communication with Sub Battery System (System 2) Missing Message

When terminal IGR voltage is 9.5 V or more, data from the integration control supply cannot be received for 2 seconds or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • Integration control supply
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Does not come on

Brake Booster

B

Output ECU: No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

U115000

Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module (ch2)

When terminal IGR voltage is 9.5 V or more, data from the hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU cannot be received for 2 seconds or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • Hybrid vehicle control ECU
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: U1150
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

U117D87

Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module (ch4) Missing Message

When the voltage at terminal IGR is 9.5 V or more, communication between the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is not possible for 2 seconds or more.

  • CAN communication line
  • No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)
  • No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly)

Comes on

Brake Booster

B

  • SAE Code: U117D
  • Output ECU: Both skid control ECUs

MONITOR DESCRIPTION

U0110, U0129, U0293, U1150 and U117D:

When a communication error with any ECU or sensor continues for a certain amount of time or communication is unstable (communication is invalid for a certain amount of time a certain amount of times), the No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) judges that communication with the respective ECU is abnormal and illuminates the MIL and stores a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

Related DTCs

U0110: Lost communication with DMCM "A" (CH2)

U0129: Lost communication with BSCM (CH1)

U0293: Lost communication with HPCM (CH1)

U1150: Lost communication with HPCM (CH2)

U117D: Lost communication with BSCM (CH2)

Required Sensors/Components(Main)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Required Sensors/Components(Related)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

Frequency of Operation

Continuous

Duration

2 seconds

MIL Operation

Immediately

Sequence of Operation

None

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

U0110

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

U0293: Lost communication with HPCM (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Both of the following conditions a and b are met

More than 1 second

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

b. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. CAN communication status

Enable

C. Following condition is met

More than 3 seconds

IGP_PT2 voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

D. Following condition is met

More than 3 seconds

IGR voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

E. Following condition is met

More than 3 seconds

IGP_PT2

On

F. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

U0129 and U117D

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Both of the following conditions a and b are met

More than 1 second

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

b. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. CAN communication status

Enable

C. Following condition is met

More than 3 seconds

IGR voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

D. Following condition is met

More than 3 seconds

IGR

On

E. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

U0293

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D and E

A. Both of the following conditions a and b are met

More than 1 second

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

b. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. CAN communication status

Enable

C. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 3 seconds

IGR voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

IGP_PT2 voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

D. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 3 seconds

IGR

On

IGP_PT2

On

E. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

U1150

Monitor runs whenever the following DTCs are not stored

C14C8: Brake system voltage circuit high

U0293: Lost communication with HPCM (CH1)

All of the following conditions are met

A, B, C, D, E and F

A. Both of the following conditions a and b are met

More than 1 second

a. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.198 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.4 V

b. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 0.012 seconds

BS cut MOS

Valid

BS cut MOS voltage

Below 23.2 V

B. CAN communication status

Enable

C. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 3 seconds

IGR voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

IGP_PT2 voltage

Higher than 9.5 V

D. Both of the following conditions are met

More than 3 seconds

IGR

On

IGP_PT2

On

E. BS cut MOS voltage

Higher than 7.8 V

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

U0110

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 3 times

Communication reception with inverter with converter assembly "A" (CH2)

Delayed

B. Checksum error exist with inverter with converter assembly "A" (CH2)

-

U0129

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 3 times

Communication reception with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH1)

Delayed

B. Checksum error exist with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH1)

-

U0293

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 3 times

Communication reception with hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU (CH1)

Delayed

B. Checksum error exist with hybrid vehicle control ECU (CH1)

-

U1150

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 3 times

Communication reception with hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU (CH2)

Delayed

B. Checksum error exist with hybrid vehicle control ECU (CH2)

-

U117D

Either of the following conditions is met

A or B

A. Following condition is met

More than 3 times

Communication reception with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH2)

Delayed

B. Checksum error exist with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH2)

-

COMPONENT OPERATING RANGE

U0110

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Communication reception with inverter with converter assembly "A" (CH2)

Not delayed

No checksum error with inverter with converter assembly "A" (CH2)

-

U0129

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Communication reception with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH1)

Not delayed

No checksum error with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH1)

-

U0293

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Communication reception with hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU (CH1)

Not delayed

No checksum error with hybrid vehicle control ECU (CH1)

-

U1150

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Communication reception with hybrid Toyota Prius vehicle control ECU (CH2)

Not delayed

No checksum error with hybrid vehicle control ECU (CH2)

-

U117D

Both of the following conditions are met

-

Communication reception with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH2)

Not delayed

No checksum error with No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) (CH2)

-

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

NOTICE:

When performing the normal judgment procedure, make sure that the driver door is closed and is not opened at any time during the procedure.

HINT:

  • After repair has been completed, clear the DTC and then check that the Toyota Prius vehicle has returned to normal by performing the following All Readiness check procedure.
  • When clearing the permanent DTCs, refer to the "CLEAR PERMANENT DTC" procedure.
  1. Connect the GTS to the DLC3.
  2. Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the GTS on.
  3. Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure).
  4. Turn the ignition switch off.
  5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (READY) and turn the GTS on.
  6. Wait for 60 seconds or more. [*]

    HINT:

    [*]: Normal judgment procedure.

    The normal judgment procedure is used to complete DTC judgment and also used when clearing permanent DTCs.

  7. Enter the following menus: Chassis / Brake/EPB* / Utility / All Readiness.

    *: Electric Parking Brake System

  8. Check the DTC judgment result.

    HINT:

    • If the judgment result shows NORMAL, the system is normal.
    • If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.
    • If the judgment result shows INCOMPLETE, perform driving pattern again.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC (HEALTH CHECK)

(a) Perform the Health Check using the GTS.

Result

Proceed to

DTCs for related systems are output together with DTC U011000, U012987, U029300, U110600, U114A00, U115000 or U117D87.

A

DTC U011000, U012987, U029300, U110600, U114A00, U115000 or U117D87 is output.

B

DTCs are not output.

C

A

GO TO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART (RELATED SYSTEM)

B

INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

for HEV Model: Click here

for PHEV Model: Click here

C

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

Brake Hold Standby Indicator Light Circuit

DESCRIPTION

The brake hold standby indicator light turns on if brake hold control is possible when the following conditions required for operation standby are met and the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is pressed while the ignition switch is turned to ON.

  • Conditions required for operation standby:
    1. The driver door is closed.
    2. The driver seat belt is fastened.
    3. The system is normal.

WIRING DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE

1.

PRE-CHECK

(a) If the brake hold standby indicator light does not illuminate even though the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is pushed, check that the brake hold function operation conditions are met.

  1. The driver door is closed.
  2. The driver seat belt is fastened.
  3. The system is normal.

HINT:

If a malfunction occurs in one of the following systems, the brake hold operated indicator light will blink. If this occurs, perform troubleshooting on the malfunctioning system.

  • Electronically controlled brake system
  • Electric parking brake system
  • Hybrid control system
NEXT

2.

READ VALUE USING GTS (BRAKE HOLD READY)

(a) Check the brake hold standby indicator light and mode condition on the GTS changes according to brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) operation.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Brake Hold Ready

Brake hold control permission status

Not in stand-by mode / Stand-by mode

Not in stand-by mode: Brake hold function not operating (brake hold standby indicator light not illuminated)

Stand-by mode: Brake hold function stand-by state (brake hold standby indicator light illuminated)

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Brake Hold Ready

Standard:

Brake Hold Switch (Electric Parking Brake Switch Assembly) Operation

Mode Condition Display

Brake Hold Standby Indicator Light

Not pressed

Not in stand-by mode

Does not come on

Pressing the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly)

Stand-by mode

Comes on

Result

Proceed to

Indicator light and mode condition display do not change.

A

Mode condition display is normal, but indicator light does not change.

B

Indicator light and mode condition display are normal.

C

B

INSPECT METER / GAUGE SYSTEM

C

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

A

3.

INSPECT ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Inspect the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly).

Click here

OK:

The brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is normal.

NG

REPLACE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

OK

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY - ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY)

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4,K22) Click Connector(A4) Click Connector(K22)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

A4-35 (BH) - K22-6 ( B)

Always

Below 1 Ω

A4-35 (BH) or K22-6 ( B) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

K22-7 (E) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Brake Hold Operated Indicator Light Circuit

DESCRIPTION

The brake hold operated indicator light illuminates when the brake hold system is operating (vehicle stopped due to brake fluid pressure hold) and turns off when the brake hold system operation is finished (brake fluid pressure decreases).

The brake hold system may not operate depending on Toyota Prius vehicle conditions even when the system is in standby mode and the brake hold standby indicator light is illuminated.

If there is a system malfunction that causes brake hold control to be prohibited, when the vehicle is under the following conditions and the brake hold switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is pressed, the brake hold operated indicator light blinks.

  • Toyota Prius Vehicle Conditions:
    1. The driver door is closed.
    2. The driver seat belt is fastened.

HINT:

  • When the ignition switch is turned off during brake hold operation, control stops.
  • If brake hold control does not operate even when the Toyota Prius vehicle stops, depress the brake pedal again firmly to stop the vehicle.

    If brake hold control still does not operate, confirm the conditions for brake hold control to operate.

PROCEDURE

1.

PRE-CHECK

(a) Check that the brake hold standby indicator light operates normally.

Click here

(b) If the brake hold operated indicator light does not illuminate even though the brake hold standby indicator light is illuminated, check that the following brake hold operation (brake fluid pressure is being maintained) conditions are met.

  1. System is in operation standby state (brake hold standby indicator light is illuminated).
  2. Shift position is not P or R.
  3. Driver is depressing brake pedal and Toyota Prius vehicle is fully stopped.
  4. Driver is not depressing accelerator pedal.
  5. Vehicle is not on steep decline.
  6. The parking brake is not engaged.

HINT:

If a malfunction occurs in one of the following systems, the brake hold operated indicator light will blink. If this occurs, perform troubleshooting on the malfunctioning system.

  • Electronically controlled brake system
  • Electric parking brake system
  • Hybrid control system
NEXT

INSPECT METER / GAUGE SYSTEM

Steering Angle Sensor Wrong Installation (X0455)

DESCRIPTION

Code

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Trouble Area

Output ECU

X0455

Steering Angle Sensor Wrong Installation

History of steering angle sensor being installed incorrectly

  • Correct spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly
  • Steering angle sensor

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

After performing the inspection, check and clear the Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

HINT:

When Steering Angle Sensor Wrong Installation (X0455) is stored, output control may operate, but this is not a malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC (HEALTH CHECK)

(a) Perform the Health Check using the GTS.

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

GO TO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

A

2.

ALIGN FRONT WHEELS FACING STRAIGHT AHEAD

NEXT

3.

READ VALUE USING GTS (STEERING ANGLE SIGNAL INFORMATION)

(a) Check Data List item "steering angle signal information".

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Steering Angle Signal Information

Steering angle value (Rotation to the left side is positive)

Min.: -3072.0 deg

Max.: 3070.5 deg

Turning left: 0.0 to 3070.5 deg

Turning right: -3072.0 to 0.0 deg

During steering operation: Changes in proportion with steering wheel rotation

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Data List

Tester Display

Steering Angle Signal Information

(b) Save the steering angle signal information to the GTS memory.

NOTICE:

  • If the value is /- 360 deg ( /-15 deg), the steering angle sensor was incorrectly installed by 1 rotation.
  • If the value is /- 720 deg ( /-15 deg), the steering angle sensor was incorrectly installed by 2 rotations.
  • In situations other than the above, the steering angle sensor may have been incorrectly installed by 3 or more rotations.

    In this case, it is possible that the proper installation or removal procedures were not followed, and the steering angle sensor may have been damaged.

Result

Proceed to

0 /- 15 deg

A

/- 360 deg ( /-15 deg) or /- 720 deg ( /-15 deg)

B

Other than above.

C

B

GO TO STEP 7

C

GO TO STEP 13

A

4.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

5.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(a) Disconnect cable from negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal.

HINT:

If the cable is not disconnected from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal, it may not be possible to obtain an accurate steering angle sensor zero point.

(b) Connect cable to negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal.

(c) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight ahead at 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for at least 5 seconds.

NEXT

6.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

(b) Using the GTS, check for Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

X0455 is not output.

A

X0455 is output.

B

A

END

B

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

7.

ADJUST SPIRAL CABLE WITH SENSOR SUB-ASSEMBLY

(a) Remove the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly.

Click here

NOTICE:

  • Be sure to disconnect the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal before removing the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly.

    HINT:

    If the cable is not disconnected from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal, it may not be possible to obtain an accurate steering angle sensor zero point.

  • Do not disconnect the steering angle sensor from the spiral cable.

*a

The shape may vary depending on the Toyota Prius vehicle model

*b

Interlock

*c

Clockwise

*d

Counterclockwise

(b) Based on the internal steering angle value that was saved to the GTS memory earlier, rotate the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly.

NOTICE:

  • Rotate the steering angle sensor without disconnecting it from the spiral cable.
  • Make sure to follow the adjustment method shown in the table.
  • Failure to observe the following precautions may result in damage to the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly.
    • When rotating the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly, make sure to push on the interlock to release the interlock.
    • Do not turn the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly using the airbag wire harness.
    • Do not forcibly rotate the part.
    • Make sure to perform the correct number of rotations in the correct direction.

Steering Angle Signal Information

Correction Method

360 deg ( /-15 deg)

Rotate clockwise (to the right), 1 rotation.

-360 deg ( /-15 deg)

Rotate counterclockwise (to the left), 1 rotation.

720 deg ( /-15 deg)

Rotate clockwise (to the right), 2 rotations.

- 720 deg ( /-15 deg)

Rotate counterclockwise (to the left), 2 rotations.

(c) Install the spiral cable with sensor sub-assembly.

Click here

NEXT

8.

ALIGN FRONT WHEELS FACING STRAIGHT AHEAD

NEXT

9.

READ VALUE USING GTS (STEERING ANGLE SIGNAL INFORMATION)

(a) Check Data List item "steering angle signal information".

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Steering Angle Signal Information

Steering angle value (Rotation to the left side is positive)

Min.: -3072.0 deg

Max.: 3070.5 deg

Turning left: 0.0 to 3070.5 deg

Turning right: -3072.0 to 0.0 deg

During steering operation: Changes in proportion with steering wheel rotation

Chassis > Steering Angle Sensor > Data List

Tester Display

Steering Angle Signal Information

Result

Proceed to

0 deg ( /- 15 deg)

A

None of the above conditions are met

B

B

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

A

10.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

11.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(a) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight ahead at 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for at least 5 seconds.

NEXT

12.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

(b) Using the GTS, check for Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

X0455 is not output.

A

X0455 is output.

B

A

END

B

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

13.

CHECK STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY CENTER POSITION

(a) Perform steering wheel assembly center position adjustment.

Click here

NEXT

14.

ADJUST WHEEL ALIGNMENT

(a) Adjust the alignment (toe) of the wheels.

for Front: Click here

for Rear: Click here

NEXT

15.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

16.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(a) Disconnect cable from negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal.

HINT:

If the cable is not disconnected from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal, it may not be possible to obtain an accurate steering angle sensor zero point.

(b) Connect cable to negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal.

(c) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight ahead at 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for at least 5 seconds.

NEXT

17.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

(b) Using the GTS, check for Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

X0455 is not output

A

X0455 is output

B

A

END

B

REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Zero Point Calibration of Yaw Rate Sensor Undone (X204C)

DESCRIPTION

The airbag ECU assembly has a built-in yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Code

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Trouble Area

Output ECU

X204C

Zero Point Calibration of Yaw Rate Sensor Undone

History of incomplete yaw rate sensor zero point calibration

  • Sensor installation
  • Yaw rate sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC (HEALTH CHECK)

(a) Perform the Health Check using the GTS.

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

GO TO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

A

2.

CLEAR ZERO POINT VALUE FOR YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Clear the zero point value for the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Reset Memory

NEXT

3.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

NEXT

4.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

5.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

(b) Using the GTS, check for Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

X204C is not output.

A

X204C is output.

B

A

END

B

6.

CHECK AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has been installed properly.

Click here

OK:

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is tightened to the specified torque.

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is not installed in a tilted position.

NG

INSTALL AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY CORRECTLY

OK

7.

READ VALUE USING GTS (YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR)

(a) Check the yaw rate and acceleration sensor output value displayed on the GTS.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

Lateral G

Lateral G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

Turning right: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

Turning left: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During turning: Changes in proportion with lateral acceleration

Forward and Rearward G

Forward and rearward G

Min.: -25.105 m/s2

Max.: 24.908 m/s2

During deceleration: -25.105 to 0.000 m/s2

During acceleration: 0.000 to 24.908 m/s2

During acceleration/deceleration: Changes in proportion with acceleration

Yaw Rate Sensor Value

Yaw rate sensor value

Min.: -128°/s

Max.:127°/s

Toyota Prius Vehicle stopped: 0°/s

Turning right: -128 to 0°/s

Turning left: 0 to 127°/s

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Lateral G

Forward and Rearward G

Yaw Rate Sensor Value

OK:

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor output value is normal.

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction (X20D7)

DESCRIPTION

Code

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Trouble Area

Output ECU

X20D7

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction

History of the steering angle sensor zero point calibration position differing from the stored value

  • Poor adjustment of the center position of the steering wheel
  • Poor adjustment of wheel alignment

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

After performing the inspection, check and clear the Toyota Prius vehicle control history (RoB).

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC (HEALTH CHECK)

(a) Perform the Health Check using the GTS.

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

GO TO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

A

2.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

3.

CLEAR ZERO POINT VALUE FOR YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Clear the zero point value for the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Reset Memory

NEXT

4.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

NEXT

5.

CHECK ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(a) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight ahead at 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for at least 5 seconds.

(b) Drive the vehicle at 15 km/h (9 mph) or more for at least 60 seconds.

(c) Check that the centered position of the steering wheel is correctly set while driving straight ahead.

OK:

The steering wheel is centered correctly.

NG

GO TO STEP 8

OK

6.

INSPECT STEERING SYSTEM

Click here

OK:

Normal.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

7.

REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

NEXT

GO TO STEP 9

8.

ADJUST WHEEL ALIGNMENT

for Front: Click here

for Rear: Click here

NEXT

9.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

10.

CLEAR ZERO POINT VALUE FOR YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Clear the zero point value for the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Reset Memory

NEXT

11.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(a) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Calibration

NEXT

12.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(a) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight ahead at 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for at least 5 seconds.

(b) Drive the vehicle at 15 km/h (9 mph) or more for at least 60 seconds.

NEXT

13.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

(b) Using the GTS, check for Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

Vehicle Control History (RoB) is not output.

A

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB) is output.

B

A

END

B

GO TO Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Not Acquired (X20D8)

DESCRIPTION

Code

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Trouble Area

Output ECU

X20D8

Zero Point Calibration of Steering Angle Sensor Not Acquired

History of being unable to obtain the steering angle zero point

  • Sensor installation
  • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly)

No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly)

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

This Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB) may be output during situations when the steering angle sensor zero point calibration temporarily cannot be acquired, such as when the stop light is stuck ON.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK DTC (HEALTH CHECK)

(a) Perform the Health Check using the GTS.

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

GO TO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

A

2.

CHECK AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) has been installed properly.

Click here

OK:

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is tightened to the specified torque.

The yaw rate and acceleration sensor (airbag ECU assembly) is not installed in a tilted position.

NG

GO TO STEP 6

OK

3.

PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(a) Drive the Toyota Prius vehicle straight ahead at 35 km/h (22 mph) or more for at least 5 seconds.

HINT:

When driving at a speed of 15 km/h or more for 1 second or more, the slip indicator light turns off.

NEXT

4.

CLEAR Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Using the GTS, clear the Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Vehicle Control History (RoB)

NEXT

5.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle CONTROL HISTORY (RoB)

(a) Based on the Freeze Frame Data and interview with the customer, attempt to reproduce the conditions when the malfunction occurred.

(b) Using the GTS, check for Vehicle Control History (RoB).

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Toyota Prius Vehicle Control History (RoB)

Result

Proceed to

X20D8 is not output.

A

X20D8 is output.

B

A

END

B

REPLACE AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY

6.

INSTALL AIRBAG ECU ASSEMBLY CORRECTLY

Click here

NEXT

GO TO STEP 4

Excessive Brake Pedal Travel (No Fluid Leaks and No Air in System)

DESCRIPTION

Depending on the malfunction, the skid control ECU prohibits operation of the electronically controlled brake system to protect components and prevent incorrect operation when DTCs are stored.

If the switching solenoid is disabled due to prohibition of the electronically controlled brake system, the response of the brake pedal changes and braking performance is reduced.

PROCEDURE

1.

BRAKE PROBLEM CHECK

(a) Check the conditions at the time the problem occurred.

(1) Whether a warning light illuminated or the buzzer sounded.

(2) Road surface condition when the problem occurred and just before the problem occurred.

(3) When the problem occurred and how many times the brake pedal was depressed before the problem occurred.

(4) Frequency of the abnormal brake pedal response.

NEXT

2.

CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

(a) Using the GTS, check DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

HINT:

  • If there are currently no warnings and the brake pedal travel is not excessive, DTCs may have been cleared after the system returned to normal.
  • If the brake pedal response returned to normal and there are currently no warnings, the system is normal.

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

(a) While depressing the brake pedal by hand, check the installation condition of the brake pedal stroke sensor assembly and brake pedal, and check for mechanical malfunctions.

(b) Check and adjust the brake pedal height.

Click here

NEXT

4.

INSPECT BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Click here

OK:

The brake booster with master cylinder assembly is normal.

OK

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

NG

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

ABS does not Operate

DESCRIPTION

When the electronically controlled brake system is operating, as the input piston and output piston are not directly connected, the kickback of the brake pedal is minimal during ABS operation and the driver may not notice that ABS operated.

PROCEDURE

1.

BRAKE PROBLEM CHECK

(a) Check if the slip indicator light was illuminated or blinking when ABS did not operate.

HINT:

  • When the VSC system is normal and ABS is operating, the slip indicator light blinks.
  • When the VSC system is malfunctioning, the slip indicator light illuminates.

Result

Proceed to

The slip indicator light was blinking.

A

The slip indicator light was illuminated.

B

A

END

B

2.

CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

(a) Using the GTS, check DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes Chassis > Brake/EPB > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

PERFORM OPERATION CHECK DRIVING

(a) Check that ABS operates using a drum tester or equivalent.

CAUTION:

When using a drum tester, enter Inspection Mode or VSC off mode and perform inspection with the TRAC and VSC systems disabled to prevent the Toyota Prius vehicle from moving suddenly due to TRAC or VSC operation.

Click here

OK:

ABS operates.

OK

END

NG

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

ABS Operates Before Necessary When Braking

DESCRIPTION

Troubleshooting for when ABS operates too soon due to a noisy signal from the speed sensor, a difference in output, etc.

PROCEDURE

1.

CHECK VEHICLE

Result

Proceed to

for 2WD

A

for AWD

B

B

GO TO STEP 3

A

2.

PERFORM DEALER MODE (SIGNAL CHECK) INSPECTION (SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT)

(a) Using the GTS, perform a Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection sensor check and check that speed sensor Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection items change from incomplete to complete.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Signal Check

OK:

Speed sensor Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection items change from incomplete to complete.

NOTICE:

  • When cleaning the front speed sensor, make sure to clean the installation hole before installation.
  • Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the front speed sensor rotor.

HINT:

The rear speed sensor and rear speed sensor rotor are incorporated into the rear axle hub and bearing assembly.

If the rear speed sensor and rear speed sensor rotor need to be replaced, replace the rear axle hub and bearing assembly.

Result

Proceed to

OK (for Front)

A

OK (for Rear)

B

NG

C

A

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR AND FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

B

REPLACE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY

C

INSPECT AND REPAIR MALFUNCTIONING SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

3.

PERFORM DEALER MODE (SIGNAL CHECK) INSPECTION (SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT)

(a) Using the GTS, perform a Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection sensor check and check that speed sensor Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection items change from incomplete to complete.

Click here

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Utility

Tester Display

Signal Check

OK:

Speed sensor Dealer Mode (Signal Check) inspection items change from incomplete to complete.

NOTICE:

  • When cleaning the front speed sensor and rear speed sensor, make sure to clean the installation hole before installation.
  • Do not use parts cleaner when cleaning the front speed sensor rotor and rear speed sensor rotor.

Result

Proceed to

OK (for Front)

A

OK (for Rear)

B

NG

C

A

CLEAN FRONT SPEED SENSOR AND FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

B

CLEAN REAR SPEED SENSOR AND REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

C

INSPECT AND REPAIR MALFUNCTIONING SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

Abnormal Brake Pedal Response on First Depression

DESCRIPTION

If the vehicle has been stopped without opening or closing the driver door for a long period of time, the electronically controlled brake system will not be ready and sufficient fluid pressure may not be stored. In this case, the brake pedal response may not be the same as usual the first time the brake pedal is depressed. This is not a malfunction.

WIRING DIAGRAM

CAUTION / NOTICE / HINT

NOTICE:

Make sure to wait 5 minutes or more with the ignition switch turned off before removing the integration control supply or disconnecting any supply power circuit from the integration control supply, in order for the voltage to be discharged and self-diagnosis to run.

PROCEDURE

1.

BRAKE PROBLEM CHECK

(a) Check the conditions at the time the problem occurred.

(1) Whether a warning light illuminated or the buzzer sounded.

(2) The number of times the ignition switch was turned to ON since the latest symptom occurred.

(3) Frequency of the symptom.

NEXT

2.

CHECK DTC

(a) Check the DTCs (electronically controlled brake system) that are output.

Chassis > Brake Booster > Trouble Codes

Result

Proceed to

DTCs are not output.

A

DTCs are output.

B

B

REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A

3.

CHECK Toyota Prius Vehicle

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Depress the brake pedal within 4 minutes of opening the driver door and check the response of the brake pedal.

(c) Release the brake pedal and wait for 4 minutes without depressing the brake pedal, opening or closing the driver door or operating the ignition switch.

(d) After 4 minutes or more have elapsed, depress the brake pedal and check that the first depression response is different to successive depression responses.

HINT:

Compare the response of the brake pedal when the system is in sleep mode and when the stroke simulator is operating.

Result

Proceed to

The response of the brake pedal does not change.

A

The response of the brake pedal changed.

B

B

END

A

4.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CTY TERMINAL)

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

(b) Disconnect the A3 No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) connector.

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Click Location & Routing(A3) Click Connector(A3)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

*: Differs depending on the Toyota Prius vehicle model

A3-22 (CTY) - Body ground

Driver door open

Below 1 V

A3-22 (CTY) - Body ground

Driver door closed

11 to 14 V or pulse output (maximum 14 V)*

OK

REPLACE BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

NG

5.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE BOOSTER WITH MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY - FRONT DOOR LOCK WITH MOTOR ASSEMBLY (DRIVER SIDE))

(a) Check that there is no open or short in the wire harnesses and connectors between terminal CTY of the No. 1 skid control ECU (brake booster with master cylinder assembly) and front door lock with motor assembly (driver side).

OK:

No open/short.

OK

INSPECT LIGHTING SYSTEM (COURTESY LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT)

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

VSC OFF Switch Circuit

DESCRIPTION

The No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) is connected to the combination meter assembly via CAN communication.

Pressing the VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) turns off TRAC operation, and pressing and holding this switch turns off TRAC and VSC operation. If TRAC and VSC operations are turned off, the "Traction Control Turned OFF" will be displayed on the multi-information display and the VSC OFF indicator light will come on.

WIRING DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE

1.

READ VALUE USING GTS (TRAC/VSC OFF MODE)

(a) Check that the indicator light and mode condition on the GTS change according to VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) operation.

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

Measurement Item

Range

Normal Condition

Diagnostic Note

TRC(TRAC)/VSC OFF Mode

TRAC/VSC off mode

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON) / TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON) / VSC expert mode (VSC expert mode MID ON) / VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF)

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON): Normal mode

TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON): TRAC off mode

VSC expert mode (VSC expert mode MID ON): VSC expert mode

VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF): VSC off mode

-

Chassis > Brake/EPB > Data List

Tester Display

TRC(TRAC)/VSC OFF Mode

Standard:

Switch Operation

Mode Condition Display

Multi-information Display (Traction Control Turned OFF)

VSC OFF Indicator Light

Not pressed

Normal mode (TRC(TRAC) ON/VSC ON)

Not displayed

Does not come on

Pressing the VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly)

TRC(TRAC) OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC ON)

Displayed

Does not come on

Pressing and holding the VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly)

VSC OFF mode (TRC(TRAC) OFF/VSC OFF)

Displayed

Comes on

Result

Proceed to

Indicator light and mode condition display do not change.

A

Mode condition display is normal, but indicator light does not change.

B

Indicator light and mode condition display are normal.

C

B

INSPECT METER / GAUGE SYSTEM

C

USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

A

2.

INSPECT ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Inspect the VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly).

Click here

OK:

The VSC OFF switch (electric parking brake switch assembly) is normal.

NG

REPLACE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

OK

3.

CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY - ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY)

(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part and the connecting part of the connector.

OK:

The connector is securely connected.

(b) Disconnect the A4 No. 2 skid control ECU (brake actuator assembly) connector.

(c) Check both the connector case and the terminals for deformation and corrosion.

OK:

No deformation or corrosion.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Click Location & Routing(A4,K22) Click Connector(A4) Click Connector(K22)

Tester Connection

Condition

Specified Condition

A4-9 (CSW) - K22-3 ( )

Always

Below 1 Ω

A4-9 (CSW) or K22-3 ( ) - Body ground

Always

10 kΩ or higher

K22-7 (E) - Body ground

1 minute or more after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) auxiliary battery terminal

Below 1 Ω

OK

REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

Toyota Prius (XW60) 2023-2025 Service Manual

Electronically Controlled Brake System

Actual pages

Beginning midst our that fourth appear above of over, set our won’t beast god god dominion our winged fruit image

© 2020-2025 Copyright - www.mytoyo.com - 0.0737